*** empty log message ***
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
1eb7cd77
JB
4@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
5@setchapternewpage off
03727ca6 6@dircategory Software development
e9c75b65 7@direntry
c906108c 8* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 9@end direntry
c906108c 10
a67ec3f4
JM
11@copying
12Copyright @copyright{} 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998, 1999,
9d2897ad 132000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009, 2010
a67ec3f4 14Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
15Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
16Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
17
e9c75b65
EZ
18Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
19under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 20any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
21Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
22Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
23Free Documentation License''.
a67ec3f4
JM
24@end copying
25
26@ifnottex
27This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
28
29@insertcopying
30@end ifnottex
c906108c 31
c906108c 32
56caf160
EZ
33@syncodeindex fn cp
34@syncodeindex vr cp
35
c906108c 36@titlepage
25822942 37@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
38@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
39@author John Gilmore
40@author Cygnus Solutions
41@author Second Edition:
42@author Stan Shebs
43@author Cygnus Solutions
44@page
45@tex
46\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
47\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
48{\parskip=0pt
49\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
50\hfill \manvers\par
51\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
52}
53@end tex
54
55@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
a67ec3f4 56@insertcopying
c906108c
SS
57@end titlepage
58
449f3b6c 59@contents
449f3b6c 60
c906108c
SS
61@node Top
62@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
63@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
64@top Scope of this Document
65
25822942
DB
66This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
67includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
68as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
69
70@menu
587afa38 71* Summary::
c906108c
SS
72* Overall Structure::
73* Algorithms::
74* User Interface::
89437448 75* libgdb::
5f5233d4 76* Values::
669fac23 77* Stack Frames::
c906108c
SS
78* Symbol Handling::
79* Language Support::
80* Host Definition::
81* Target Architecture Definition::
123dc839 82* Target Descriptions::
c906108c
SS
83* Target Vector Definition::
84* Native Debugging::
85* Support Libraries::
86* Coding::
87* Porting GDB::
d52fe014 88* Versions and Branches::
55f6ca0f 89* Start of New Year Procedure::
8973da3a 90* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 91* Testsuite::
c906108c 92* Hints::
aab4e0ec 93
bcd7e15f 94* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 95* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 96* Index::
c906108c
SS
97@end menu
98
587afa38
EZ
99@node Summary
100@chapter Summary
101
102@menu
103* Requirements::
104* Contributors::
105@end menu
c906108c 106
587afa38
EZ
107@node Requirements
108@section Requirements
56caf160 109@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
110
111Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
112requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
113of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
114that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 115
56caf160
EZ
116First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
117front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
118shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 119
56caf160
EZ
120@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
121available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
122programmer.
c906108c 123
56caf160
EZ
124@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
125the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
126going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
127to debugger commands.
c906108c 128
56caf160
EZ
129@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
130While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 131picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
132programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
133mollify the debugger.
c906108c 134
56caf160
EZ
135@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
136Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
137heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 138
56caf160
EZ
139@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
140available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
141supports.
c906108c 142
587afa38
EZ
143@node Contributors
144@section Contributors
145
146The first edition of this document was written by John Gilmore of
147Cygnus Solutions. The current second edition was written by Stan Shebs
148of Cygnus Solutions, who continues to update the manual.
149
150Over the years, many others have made additions and changes to this
151document. This section attempts to record the significant contributors
152to that effort. One of the virtues of free software is that everyone
153is free to contribute to it; with regret, we cannot actually
154acknowledge everyone here.
155
156@quotation
157@emph{Plea:} This section has only been added relatively recently (four
158years after publication of the second edition). Additions to this
159section are particularly welcome. If you or your friends (or enemies,
160to be evenhanded) have been unfairly omitted from this list, we would
161like to add your names!
162@end quotation
163
164A document such as this relies on being kept up to date by numerous
165small updates by contributing engineers as they make changes to the
166code base. The file @file{ChangeLog} in the @value{GDBN} distribution
167approximates a blow-by-blow account. The most prolific contributors to
168this important, but low profile task are Andrew Cagney (responsible
169for over half the entries), Daniel Jacobowitz, Mark Kettenis, Jim
170Blandy and Eli Zaretskii.
171
172Eli Zaretskii and Daniel Jacobowitz wrote the sections documenting
173watchpoints.
174
175Jeremy Bennett updated the sections on initializing a new architecture
176and register representation, and added the section on Frame Interpretation.
177
c906108c
SS
178
179@node Overall Structure
180
181@chapter Overall Structure
182
56caf160
EZ
183@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
184symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
185@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 186
2e685b93 187The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
188supporting code.
189
190The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
191interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
192parsing, type and value printing.
193
194The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
195physical target manipulation.
196
197The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
198number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
199elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
200supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
201this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
202should fit together.
203
204@section The Symbol Side
205
56caf160
EZ
206The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
207you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
208For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
209many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
210
211@section The Target Side
212
56caf160
EZ
213The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
214Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
215of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
216available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
217
218Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
219display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 220such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
221relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
222way.
223
224@section Configurations
225
56caf160
EZ
226@cindex host
227@cindex target
25822942 228@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
229@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
230executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
231third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
232
1f70da6a
SS
233Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host
234support. Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte
235order, host float format. These are all calculated by @code{autoconf}
236when the debugger is built.
c906108c
SS
237
238Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
239dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
240breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
241to call a function.
242
243Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
244is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
1f70da6a 245host and target are not the same, calling @code{fork} to start the target
c906108c
SS
246process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
247registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
248in the native-dependent files.
249
250Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
251are really part of the target environment, but which require
252@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
253file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
254
1f70da6a
SS
255When you want to make @value{GDBN} work as the traditional native debugger
256on a system, you will need to supply both target and native information.
c906108c 257
25ab7e6d
EZ
258@section Source Tree Structure
259@cindex @value{GDBN} source tree structure
260
261The @value{GDBN} source directory has a mostly flat structure---there
262are only a few subdirectories. A file's name usually gives a hint as
263to what it does; for example, @file{stabsread.c} reads stabs,
7ce59000 264@file{dwarf2read.c} reads @sc{DWARF 2}, etc.
25ab7e6d
EZ
265
266Files that are related to some common task have names that share
267common substrings. For example, @file{*-thread.c} files deal with
268debugging threads on various platforms; @file{*read.c} files deal with
269reading various kinds of symbol and object files; @file{inf*.c} files
270deal with direct control of the @dfn{inferior program} (@value{GDBN}
271parlance for the program being debugged).
272
273There are several dozens of files in the @file{*-tdep.c} family.
274@samp{tdep} stands for @dfn{target-dependent code}---each of these
275files implements debug support for a specific target architecture
276(sparc, mips, etc). Usually, only one of these will be used in a
277specific @value{GDBN} configuration (sometimes two, closely related).
278
279Similarly, there are many @file{*-nat.c} files, each one for native
280debugging on a specific system (e.g., @file{sparc-linux-nat.c} is for
281native debugging of Sparc machines running the Linux kernel).
282
283The few subdirectories of the source tree are:
284
285@table @file
286@item cli
287Code that implements @dfn{CLI}, the @value{GDBN} Command-Line
288Interpreter. @xref{User Interface, Command Interpreter}.
289
290@item gdbserver
291Code for the @value{GDBN} remote server.
292
293@item gdbtk
294Code for Insight, the @value{GDBN} TK-based GUI front-end.
295
296@item mi
297The @dfn{GDB/MI}, the @value{GDBN} Machine Interface interpreter.
298
299@item signals
300Target signal translation code.
301
302@item tui
303Code for @dfn{TUI}, the @value{GDBN} Text-mode full-screen User
304Interface. @xref{User Interface, TUI}.
305@end table
c906108c
SS
306
307@node Algorithms
308
309@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 310@cindex algorithms
c906108c 311
56caf160
EZ
312@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
313often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
314cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
315algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
316they use.
c906108c 317
7d30c22d
JB
318@section Prologue Analysis
319
320@cindex prologue analysis
321@cindex call frame information
322@cindex CFI (call frame information)
323To produce a backtrace and allow the user to manipulate older frames'
324variables and arguments, @value{GDBN} needs to find the base addresses
325of older frames, and discover where those frames' registers have been
326saved. Since a frame's ``callee-saves'' registers get saved by
327younger frames if and when they're reused, a frame's registers may be
328scattered unpredictably across younger frames. This means that
329changing the value of a register-allocated variable in an older frame
330may actually entail writing to a save slot in some younger frame.
331
332Modern versions of GCC emit Dwarf call frame information (``CFI''),
333which describes how to find frame base addresses and saved registers.
334But CFI is not always available, so as a fallback @value{GDBN} uses a
335technique called @dfn{prologue analysis} to find frame sizes and saved
336registers. A prologue analyzer disassembles the function's machine
337code starting from its entry point, and looks for instructions that
338allocate frame space, save the stack pointer in a frame pointer
339register, save registers, and so on. Obviously, this can't be done
b247355e 340accurately in general, but it's tractable to do well enough to be very
7d30c22d
JB
341helpful. Prologue analysis predates the GNU toolchain's support for
342CFI; at one time, prologue analysis was the only mechanism
343@value{GDBN} used for stack unwinding at all, when the function
344calling conventions didn't specify a fixed frame layout.
345
346In the olden days, function prologues were generated by hand-written,
347target-specific code in GCC, and treated as opaque and untouchable by
348optimizers. Looking at this code, it was usually straightforward to
349write a prologue analyzer for @value{GDBN} that would accurately
350understand all the prologues GCC would generate. However, over time
351GCC became more aggressive about instruction scheduling, and began to
352understand more about the semantics of the prologue instructions
353themselves; in response, @value{GDBN}'s analyzers became more complex
354and fragile. Keeping the prologue analyzers working as GCC (and the
355instruction sets themselves) evolved became a substantial task.
356
357@cindex @file{prologue-value.c}
358@cindex abstract interpretation of function prologues
359@cindex pseudo-evaluation of function prologues
360To try to address this problem, the code in @file{prologue-value.h}
361and @file{prologue-value.c} provides a general framework for writing
362prologue analyzers that are simpler and more robust than ad-hoc
363analyzers. When we analyze a prologue using the prologue-value
364framework, we're really doing ``abstract interpretation'' or
365``pseudo-evaluation'': running the function's code in simulation, but
366using conservative approximations of the values registers and memory
367would hold when the code actually runs. For example, if our function
368starts with the instruction:
369
370@example
371addi r1, 42 # add 42 to r1
372@end example
373@noindent
374we don't know exactly what value will be in @code{r1} after executing
375this instruction, but we do know it'll be 42 greater than its original
376value.
377
378If we then see an instruction like:
379
380@example
381addi r1, 22 # add 22 to r1
382@end example
383@noindent
384we still don't know what @code{r1's} value is, but again, we can say
385it is now 64 greater than its original value.
386
387If the next instruction were:
388
389@example
390mov r2, r1 # set r2 to r1's value
391@end example
392@noindent
393then we can say that @code{r2's} value is now the original value of
394@code{r1} plus 64.
395
396It's common for prologues to save registers on the stack, so we'll
397need to track the values of stack frame slots, as well as the
398registers. So after an instruction like this:
399
400@example
401mov (fp+4), r2
402@end example
403@noindent
404then we'd know that the stack slot four bytes above the frame pointer
405holds the original value of @code{r1} plus 64.
406
407And so on.
408
409Of course, this can only go so far before it gets unreasonable. If we
410wanted to be able to say anything about the value of @code{r1} after
411the instruction:
412
413@example
414xor r1, r3 # exclusive-or r1 and r3, place result in r1
415@end example
416@noindent
417then things would get pretty complex. But remember, we're just doing
418a conservative approximation; if exclusive-or instructions aren't
419relevant to prologues, we can just say @code{r1}'s value is now
420``unknown''. We can ignore things that are too complex, if that loss of
421information is acceptable for our application.
422
423So when we say ``conservative approximation'' here, what we mean is an
424approximation that is either accurate, or marked ``unknown'', but
425never inaccurate.
426
427Using this framework, a prologue analyzer is simply an interpreter for
428machine code, but one that uses conservative approximations for the
429contents of registers and memory instead of actual values. Starting
430from the function's entry point, you simulate instructions up to the
431current PC, or an instruction that you don't know how to simulate.
432Now you can examine the state of the registers and stack slots you've
433kept track of.
434
435@itemize @bullet
436
437@item
438To see how large your stack frame is, just check the value of the
439stack pointer register; if it's the original value of the SP
440minus a constant, then that constant is the stack frame's size.
441If the SP's value has been marked as ``unknown'', then that means
442the prologue has done something too complex for us to track, and
443we don't know the frame size.
444
445@item
446To see where we've saved the previous frame's registers, we just
447search the values we've tracked --- stack slots, usually, but
448registers, too, if you want --- for something equal to the register's
449original value. If the calling conventions suggest a standard place
450to save a given register, then we can check there first, but really,
451anything that will get us back the original value will probably work.
452@end itemize
453
454This does take some work. But prologue analyzers aren't
455quick-and-simple pattern patching to recognize a few fixed prologue
456forms any more; they're big, hairy functions. Along with inferior
457function calls, prologue analysis accounts for a substantial portion
458of the time needed to stabilize a @value{GDBN} port. So it's
459worthwhile to look for an approach that will be easier to understand
460and maintain. In the approach described above:
461
462@itemize @bullet
463
464@item
465It's easier to see that the analyzer is correct: you just see
b247355e 466whether the analyzer properly (albeit conservatively) simulates
7d30c22d
JB
467the effect of each instruction.
468
469@item
470It's easier to extend the analyzer: you can add support for new
471instructions, and know that you haven't broken anything that
472wasn't already broken before.
473
474@item
475It's orthogonal: to gather new information, you don't need to
476complicate the code for each instruction. As long as your domain
477of conservative values is already detailed enough to tell you
478what you need, then all the existing instruction simulations are
479already gathering the right data for you.
480
481@end itemize
482
483The file @file{prologue-value.h} contains detailed comments explaining
484the framework and how to use it.
485
486
c906108c
SS
487@section Breakpoint Handling
488
56caf160 489@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
490In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
491where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
492that location.
493
494There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
495breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
496
56caf160
EZ
497@cindex hardware breakpoints
498@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
499Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
500features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
501register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 502(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 503ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
504exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
505
506Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
507include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
508processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
509address.
510
511A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
512breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
513software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
514breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 515@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 516for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
517
518Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 519limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 520start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 521notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
522whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
523breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
524an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
525
526@cindex software breakpoints
527Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
528The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
529instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
530that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
531@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
532user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
533instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
534
535Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 536must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 537can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 538although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
539
540Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
541instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
542target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
543breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
544larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
545targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
546instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
547set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
548although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
549instruction.
550
c906108c
SS
551Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
552much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
553
8181d85f
DJ
554@table @code
555@cindex insert or remove software breakpoint
556@findex target_remove_breakpoint
557@findex target_insert_breakpoint
558@item target_remove_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
559@itemx target_insert_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
560Insert or remove a software breakpoint at address
561@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
562non-zero for failure. On input, @var{bp_tgt} contains the address of the
563breakpoint, and is otherwise initialized to zero. The fields of the
564@code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by @var{bp_tgt} are updated
565to contain other information about the breakpoint on output. The field
566@code{placed_address} may be updated if the breakpoint was placed at a
567related address; the field @code{shadow_contents} contains the real
568contents of the bytes where the breakpoint has been inserted,
569if reading memory would return the breakpoint instead of the
570underlying memory; the field @code{shadow_len} is the length of
571memory cached in @code{shadow_contents}, if any; and the field
572@code{placed_size} is optionally set and used by the target, if
573it could differ from @code{shadow_len}.
574
575For example, the remote target @samp{Z0} packet does not require
576shadowing memory, so @code{shadow_len} is left at zero. However,
4a9bb1df 577the length reported by @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} is cached in
8181d85f
DJ
578@code{placed_size}, so that a matching @samp{z0} packet can be
579used to remove the breakpoint.
580
581@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
582@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
583@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
584@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
585@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
586Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address
587@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
588non-zero for failure. See @code{target_insert_breakpoint} for
589a description of the @code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by
590@var{bp_tgt}; the @code{shadow_contents} and
591@code{shadow_len} members are not used for hardware breakpoints,
592but @code{placed_size} may be.
593@end table
594
c906108c
SS
595@section Single Stepping
596
597@section Signal Handling
598
599@section Thread Handling
600
601@section Inferior Function Calls
602
603@section Longjmp Support
604
56caf160 605@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 606@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
607@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
608stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
609which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
610command.
c906108c 611
4a9bb1df
UW
612@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
613To make this work, you need to define a function called
1f70da6a
SS
614@code{gdbarch_get_longjmp_target}, which will examine the
615@code{jmp_buf} structure and extract the @code{longjmp} target address.
616Since @code{jmp_buf} is target specific and typically defined in a
617target header not available to @value{GDBN}, you will need to
618determine the offset of the PC manually and return that; many targets
619define a @code{jb_pc_offset} field in the tdep structure to save the
620value once calculated.
c906108c 621
9742079a
EZ
622@section Watchpoints
623@cindex watchpoints
624
625Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
626breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
627instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
628your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
629hunt down and kill such bugs.
630
631@cindex hardware watchpoints
632@cindex software watchpoints
633Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
634known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
635hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
636software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
637will use software watchpoints are:
638
639@itemize @bullet
640@item
641The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
642watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
643to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
644more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
645watchpoints.
646
647@item
648The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
649registers (as opposed to memory).
650
651@item
652Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
653this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
654resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
655breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
656breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
657
658@item
659No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
660implementation.
661@end itemize
662
663Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
664single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
665watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
666section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
667
b6b8ece6
EZ
668When the inferior stops, @value{GDBN} tries to establish, among other
669possible reasons, whether it stopped due to a watchpoint being hit.
d983da9c
DJ
670It first uses @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to see if any watchpoint
671was hit. If not, all watchpoint checking is skipped.
672
673Then @value{GDBN} calls @code{target_stopped_data_address} exactly
674once. This method returns the address of the watchpoint which
675triggered, if the target can determine it. If the triggered address
676is available, @value{GDBN} compares the address returned by this
677method with each watched memory address in each active watchpoint.
678For data-read and data-access watchpoints, @value{GDBN} announces
679every watchpoint that watches the triggered address as being hit.
680For this reason, data-read and data-access watchpoints
681@emph{require} that the triggered address be available; if not, read
682and access watchpoints will never be considered hit. For data-write
683watchpoints, if the triggered address is available, @value{GDBN}
684considers only those watchpoints which match that address;
685otherwise, @value{GDBN} considers all data-write watchpoints. For
686each data-write watchpoint that @value{GDBN} considers, it evaluates
687the expression whose value is being watched, and tests whether the
688watched value has changed. Watchpoints whose watched values have
689changed are announced as hit.
b6b8ece6 690
1f70da6a
SS
691@c FIXME move these to the main lists of target/native defns
692
9742079a
EZ
693@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
694watchpoints:
695
696@table @code
9742079a
EZ
697@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
698@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
699Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
700possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
701of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
702not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
703number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
704is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
705are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
706the same time).
707
708@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
709@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
710Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
711whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
712
b6b8ece6 713@cindex insert or remove hardware watchpoint
9742079a
EZ
714@findex target_insert_watchpoint
715@findex target_remove_watchpoint
716@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
717@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
718Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
719@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
720possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
721defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
722
474c8240 723@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
724 enum target_hw_bp_type
725 @{
726 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
727 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
728 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
729 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
730 @};
474c8240 731@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
732
733@noindent
734These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
735
9742079a 736@findex target_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
737@item target_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
738If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the address
739associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to by
d983da9c
DJ
740@var{addr_p} and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. This
741is required for data-read and data-access watchpoints. It is
742not required for data-write watchpoints, but @value{GDBN} uses
743it to improve handling of those also.
744
745@value{GDBN} will only call this method once per watchpoint stop,
746immediately after calling @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}. If the
747target's watchpoint indication is sticky, i.e., stays set after
748resuming, this method should clear it. For instance, the x86 debug
749control register has sticky triggered flags.
9742079a 750
5009afc5
AS
751@findex target_watchpoint_addr_within_range
752@item target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (@var{target}, @var{addr}, @var{start}, @var{length})
753Check whether @var{addr} (as returned by @code{target_stopped_data_address})
754lies within the hardware-defined watchpoint region described by
755@var{start} and @var{length}. This only needs to be provided if the
756granularity of a watchpoint is greater than one byte, i.e., if the
757watchpoint can also trigger on nearby addresses outside of the watched
758region.
759
9742079a
EZ
760@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
761@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
762If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
5009afc5 763watchpoint to step over it. Like @code{gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint},
d983da9c
DJ
764this is usually set when watchpoints trigger at the instruction
765which will perform an interesting read or write. It should be
766set if there is a temporary disable bit which allows the processor
767to step over the interesting instruction without raising the
768watchpoint exception again.
9742079a 769
4a9bb1df
UW
770@findex gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint
771@item int gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint (@var{gdbarch})
772If it returns a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
d983da9c
DJ
773watchpoint to step the inferior over it. This is usually set when
774watchpoints trigger at the instruction which will perform an
775interesting read or write.
9742079a
EZ
776
777@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
778@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
779If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
d983da9c
DJ
780inferior after a watchpoint has been hit. This is usually set
781when watchpoints trigger at the instruction following an interesting
782read or write.
9742079a 783
9742079a
EZ
784@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
785@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
786Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
787the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
b6b8ece6
EZ
788Normally, this macro is defined to invoke the function pointed to by
789the @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} member of the structure (of the
790type @code{target_ops}, defined on @file{target.h}) that describes the
791target-specific operations; @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} ignores
792the @var{wait_status} argument.
793
794@value{GDBN} does not require the non-zero value returned by
795@code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to be 100% correct, so if a target cannot
796determine for sure whether the inferior stopped due to a watchpoint,
797it could return non-zero ``just in case''.
9742079a
EZ
798@end table
799
d983da9c
DJ
800@subsection Watchpoints and Threads
801@cindex watchpoints, with threads
802
803@value{GDBN} only supports process-wide watchpoints, which trigger
804in all threads. @value{GDBN} uses the thread ID to make watchpoints
805act as if they were thread-specific, but it cannot set hardware
806watchpoints that only trigger in a specific thread. Therefore, even
807if the target supports threads, per-thread debug registers, and
808watchpoints which only affect a single thread, it should set the
809per-thread debug registers for all threads to the same value. On
810@sc{gnu}/Linux native targets, this is accomplished by using
811@code{ALL_LWPS} in @code{target_insert_watchpoint} and
812@code{target_remove_watchpoint} and by using
813@code{linux_set_new_thread} to register a handler for newly created
814threads.
815
816@value{GDBN}'s @sc{gnu}/Linux support only reports a single event
817at a time, although multiple events can trigger simultaneously for
818multi-threaded programs. When multiple events occur, @file{linux-nat.c}
819queues subsequent events and returns them the next time the program
820is resumed. This means that @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} and
821@code{target_stopped_data_address} only need to consult the current
822thread's state---the thread indicated by @code{inferior_ptid}. If
823two threads have hit watchpoints simultaneously, those routines
824will be called a second time for the second thread.
825
9742079a
EZ
826@subsection x86 Watchpoints
827@cindex x86 debug registers
828@cindex watchpoints, on x86
829
830The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
831registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
832generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
833support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
834subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
835
1f70da6a
SS
836(At present, the library functions read and write debug registers directly, and are
837thus only available for native configurations.)
838
9742079a
EZ
839To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
840following:
841
842@itemize @bullet
843@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
844@item
845Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
846target-dependent headers.
847
848@item
849Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
850defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
851
852@item
853Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
f0323ca0 854@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}).
9742079a
EZ
855
856@item
857Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
858below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
859which does the real work.
860@end itemize
861
862The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
863debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
864real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
865provide:
866
867@table @code
868@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
869@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
870Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
871
872@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
873@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
874Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
875
876@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
877@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
878Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
879number @var{idx}.
880
881@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
882@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
883Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
884used immediately after it is returned by
885@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
886register values.
887@end table
888
889For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
890that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
891to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
892allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
893expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
894wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
895maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
896anything to use this feature.
897
898The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
899bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
900be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
901region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
902@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
903bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
904a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
905region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
906
907The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
908@value{GDBN}'s application code:
909
910@table @code
911@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
912@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
913The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
914this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
915watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
916less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
917processors.
918
919@findex i386_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
920@item i386_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
921The target function
922@code{target_stopped_data_address} is set to call this function.
923This
9742079a
EZ
924function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
925Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
926macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
927set in DR6.
928
ac77d04f
JJ
929@findex i386_stopped_by_watchpoint
930@item i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)
931The macro @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}
932is set to call this function. The
933argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
934function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
935Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
936macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is
937returned.
938
9742079a
EZ
939@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
940@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
941@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
942@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
943Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
944@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
945are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
946looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
947region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
948reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
949register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
950the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
951value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
952register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
953and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
954inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
955@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
956required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
957each debug register.
958
959@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
960in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
961length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
962values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
963@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
964watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
965decrements the reference count, and only calls
966@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
967the count goes to zero.
968
969@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
970@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
8181d85f
DJ
971@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
972@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
9742079a
EZ
973These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
974macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
975@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
8181d85f
DJ
976The argument is a @code{struct bp_target_info *}, as described in
977the documentation for @code{target_insert_breakpoint}.
9742079a
EZ
978These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
979@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
980the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
981hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
982register.
983
9742079a
EZ
984@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
985@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
986This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
987bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
988the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
989@end table
990
991@noindent
992@strong{Notes:}
993@enumerate 1
994@item
995x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
996However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
997@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
998watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
999on x86.
1000
1001@item
1002x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
1003only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
1004there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
1005whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
1006current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
1007always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
1008watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
1009unavailable in many platforms.
1010@end enumerate
1011
5c95884b
MS
1012@section Checkpoints
1013@cindex checkpoints
1014@cindex restart
1015In the abstract, a checkpoint is a point in the execution history of
1016the program, which the user may wish to return to at some later time.
1017
1018Internally, a checkpoint is a saved copy of the program state, including
1019whatever information is required in order to restore the program to that
1020state at a later time. This can be expected to include the state of
1021registers and memory, and may include external state such as the state
1022of open files and devices.
1023
1024There are a number of ways in which checkpoints may be implemented
b247355e 1025in gdb, e.g.@: as corefiles, as forked processes, and as some opaque
5c95884b
MS
1026method implemented on the target side.
1027
1028A corefile can be used to save an image of target memory and register
1029state, which can in principle be restored later --- but corefiles do
1030not typically include information about external entities such as
1031open files. Currently this method is not implemented in gdb.
1032
1033A forked process can save the state of user memory and registers,
1034as well as some subset of external (kernel) state. This method
1035is used to implement checkpoints on Linux, and in principle might
1036be used on other systems.
1037
b247355e 1038Some targets, e.g.@: simulators, might have their own built-in
5c95884b
MS
1039method for saving checkpoints, and gdb might be able to take
1040advantage of that capability without necessarily knowing any
1041details of how it is done.
1042
1043
bcd7e15f
JB
1044@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
1045@cindex observer pattern interface
1046@cindex notifications about changes in internals
1047
1048In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
1049some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
1050modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
1051hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
1052versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
1053@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
1054a strong limitation.
1055
1056A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
1057Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
1058a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
1059previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
1060easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
1061interface when adding new notifications.
1062
1063See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
1064currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
1065implementation is also briefly discussed.
1066
c906108c
SS
1067@node User Interface
1068
1069@chapter User Interface
1070
1f70da6a
SS
1071@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces, of which the traditional
1072command-line interface is perhaps the most familiar.
c906108c
SS
1073
1074@section Command Interpreter
1075
56caf160 1076@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 1077@cindex CLI
25822942 1078The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
1079allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
1080has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
1081a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
1082
56caf160
EZ
1083For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
1084@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
1085to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
1086
56caf160
EZ
1087@findex add_cmd
1088@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
1089To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
1090the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 1091place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 1092the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 1093
40dd2248
TT
1094@findex add_setshow_cmd
1095@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
1096To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
1097@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
1098a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
1099further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
1100the new command structures for manipulation.
1101
56caf160
EZ
1102@cindex deprecating commands
1103@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
1104Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
1105deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
1106aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
1107@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
1108return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
1109command immediately after it is created.
1110
c72e7388 1111The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60 1112replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
d3e8051b 1113@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e., the
cfeada60 1114entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 1115
587afa38 1116@anchor{UI-Independent Output}
0ee54786
EZ
1117@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
1118@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
1119@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
1120
1121@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
1122The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
1123@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
1124interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
1125from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
1126every UI, to produce output.
1127
1128@subsection Overview and Terminology
1129
1130In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
1131of output, and can even generate an input request.
1132
1133Output can be generated for the following purposes:
1134
1135@itemize @bullet
1136@item
1137to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
1138
1139@item
1140to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
1141operation;
1142
1143@item
1144to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
1145progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
1146
1147@item
1148to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
1149
1150@item
1151to show @emph{debug data};
1152
1153@item
1154to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
1155@end itemize
1156
1157@noindent
1158This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
1159although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
1160
1161Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
1162involves one or more of the following:
1163
1164@itemize @bullet
1165@item
1166output of the actual data
1167
1168@item
1169formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
1170easily readable by humans
1171
1172@item
1173machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
1174parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
1175
1176@item
c72e7388
AC
1177annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
1178parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
1179@end itemize
1180
1181The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
1182Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
1183of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
1184deprecated.
1185
c72e7388
AC
1186Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
1187a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
1188non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
1189header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 1190
c72e7388
AC
1191@table @code
1192@item <table> @expansion{}
1193@code{<header> <body>}
1194@item <header> @expansion{}
1195@code{@{ <column> @}}
1196@item <column> @expansion{}
1197@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
1198@item <body> @expansion{}
1199@code{@{<row>@}}
1200@end table
0ee54786
EZ
1201
1202
1203@subsection General Conventions
1204
c72e7388
AC
1205Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
1206@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
1207object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 1208
c72e7388
AC
1209The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
1210to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 1211
c72e7388
AC
1212The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
1213When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
1214sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
1215format.
1216
c72e7388
AC
1217When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
1218call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
1219
1220
c72e7388 1221@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
1222
1223@cindex list output functions
1224@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
1225@cindex tuple output functions
1226This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
1227tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
1228(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 1229
c72e7388
AC
1230To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
1231containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
1232fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 1233
c72e7388
AC
1234Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
1235rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
1236even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
1237
1238@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
1239Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
1240maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
1241
1242The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
1243
474c8240 1244@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1245 ui_out_table_begin
1246 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 1247 @dots{}
0ee54786 1248 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 1249 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 1250 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
1251 @dots{}
1252 ui_out_tuple_end
1253 @dots{}
0ee54786 1254 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 1255@end smallexample
0ee54786 1256
c72e7388 1257Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
1258functions:
1259
c72e7388
AC
1260@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
1261The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
1262of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
1263function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
1264the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
1265@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
1266pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
1267@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
1268was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
1269
1270The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
1271the end of the table's output.
1272@end deftypefun
1273
c72e7388
AC
1274@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
1275@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
1276table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
1277column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
1278@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
1279
1280The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
1281value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
1282@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
1283center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
1284specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
1285column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
1286call.
0ee54786
EZ
1287@end deftypefun
1288
1289@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 1290This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
1291@end deftypefun
1292
1293@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1294This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
1295after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
1296functions.
0ee54786
EZ
1297
1298There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
1299call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
1300will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
1301@end deftypefun
1302
c72e7388 1303The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 1304call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
1305@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
1306@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
1307calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
1308
c72e7388
AC
1309@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1310This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
1311to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
1312implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1313after the call.
1314@end deftypefun
1315
1316@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1317This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
1318one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
1319@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1320be signaled.
1321@end deftypefun
1322
587afa38 1323@deftypefun {struct cleanup *} make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
c72e7388
AC
1324This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
1325(@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient
1326and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function
b9aa90c9 1327cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
1328@smallexample
1329struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
1330ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
1331old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
1332 uiout);
1333@end smallexample
1334@end deftypefun
1335
1336@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1337This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
1338an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
1339implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1340after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
1341@end deftypefun
1342
1343@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1344This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
1345one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
1346@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1347be signaled.
1348@end deftypefun
1349
587afa38 1350@deftypefun {struct cleanup *} make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
c72e7388
AC
1351Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
1352opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups})
f66d1690 1353that will close the list.
0ee54786
EZ
1354@end deftypefun
1355
1356@subsection Item Output Functions
1357
1358@cindex item output functions
1359@cindex field output functions
1360@cindex data output
1361The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1362items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1363
1364Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1365
1366@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1367This is the most general output function. It produces the
1368representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1369according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1370@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1371supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1372supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1373
1374This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1375use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1376@end deftypefun
1377
c72e7388 1378@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1379This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1380@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1381the name of the field.
1382@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1383
1384@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1385This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1386@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1387@var{fldname} specifies
1388the name of the field.
1389@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1390
5af949e3
UW
1391@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
1392This function outputs an address as appropriate for @var{gdbarch}.
0ee54786
EZ
1393@end deftypefun
1394
c72e7388 1395@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1396This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1397specification.
1398@end deftypefun
1399
1400Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1401functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1402@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1403the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1404used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1405of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1406@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1407you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1408@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1409@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1410and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1411constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1412you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1413@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1414
587afa38 1415@deftypefun {struct ui_stream *} ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
0ee54786
EZ
1416This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1417same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1418passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1419@code{ui_stream} object.
1420@end deftypefun
1421
1422@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1423This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1424@var{streambuf}.
1425@end deftypefun
1426
c72e7388 1427@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1428This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1429@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1430@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1431@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1432the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1433@end deftypefun
1434
1435@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1436out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1437@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1438cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1439skeleton code to do that:
1440
1441@smallexample
1442 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1443 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1444 ...
1445 do_cleanups (old);
1446@end smallexample
1447
1448If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1449of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1450
1451@smallexample
1452 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1453 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1454@end smallexample
1455
1456Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1457@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1458same buffer twice.
1459
1460@subsection Utility Output Functions
1461
c72e7388 1462@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1463This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1464an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1465@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1466@end deftypefun
1467
c72e7388 1468@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1469This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1470easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1471this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1472from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1473
1474Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1475the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1476to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1477string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1478output short messages.
1479@end deftypefun
1480
1481@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1482This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1483text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1484list.
1485@end deftypefun
1486
c72e7388 1487@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1488This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1489verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1490current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1491verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1492setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1493as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1494argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1495@end deftypefun
1496
1497@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1498This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1499of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1500output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1501be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1502accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1503explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1504@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1505@end deftypefun
1506
1507@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1508This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1509the UI buffers output.
1510@end deftypefun
1511
1512
1513@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1514
1515@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1516@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1517This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1518functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1519@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1520@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1521
1522This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1523produce a table.
1524
1525The original code was:
1526
474c8240 1527@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1528 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1529 @{
1530 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1531
1532 annotate_field (0);
1533 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1534 annotate_field (1);
1535 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1536 annotate_field (2);
1537 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1538 annotate_field (3);
1539 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1540 if (addressprint)
1541 @{
1542 annotate_field (4);
1543 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1544 @}
1545 annotate_field (5);
1546 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1547
1548 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1549 @}
474c8240 1550@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1551
1552Here's the new version:
1553
474c8240 1554@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1555 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1556
1557 if (addressprint)
1558 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1559 else
1560 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1561
1562 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1563 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1564 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1565 annotate_field (0);
1566 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1567 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1568 annotate_field (1);
1569 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1570 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1571 annotate_field (2);
1572 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1573 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1574 annotate_field (3);
1575 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1576 if (addressprint)
1577 @{
1578 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1579 annotate_field (4);
a6d9a66e 1580 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
c72e7388 1581 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1582 else
c72e7388
AC
1583 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1584 @}
1585 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1586 annotate_field (5);
1587 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1588 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1589 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1590 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1591@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1592
1593This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1594to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1595in the above example. The original code was:
1596
474c8240 1597@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1598 annotate_record ();
1599 annotate_field (0);
1600 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1601 annotate_field (1);
1602 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1603 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1604 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1605 (int)b->type);
1606 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1607 annotate_field (2);
1608 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1609 annotate_field (3);
1610 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1611 @dots{}
474c8240 1612@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1613
1614This is the new version:
1615
474c8240 1616@smallexample
0ee54786 1617 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1618 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1619 annotate_field (0);
1620 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1621 annotate_field (1);
1622 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1623 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1624 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1625 (int) b->type);
1626 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1627 annotate_field (2);
1628 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1629 annotate_field (3);
1630 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1631 @dots{}
474c8240 1632@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1633
1634This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1635produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1636functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1637automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1638
474c8240 1639@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1640 annotate_field (5);
1641 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1642@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1643
1644The new version is:
1645
474c8240 1646@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1647 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1648 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1649 ...
1650 annotate_field (5);
1651 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1652 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1653@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1654
1655This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1656@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1657was:
1658
474c8240 1659@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1660 annotate_field (5);
1661 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1662 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1663 else
1664 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1665@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1666
1667It became:
1668
474c8240 1669@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1670 annotate_field (5);
1671 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1672 @{
1673 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1674 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1675 @}
1676 else
1677 @{
1678 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1679 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1680 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1681 @}
474c8240 1682@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1683
1684The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1685use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1686code was:
1687
474c8240 1688@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1689 annotate_field (5);
1690 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1691 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1692@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1693
1694It became:
1695
474c8240 1696@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1697 annotate_field (5);
1698 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1699 @{
1700 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1701 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1702 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1703 @}
474c8240 1704@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1705
1706Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1707code was:
1708
474c8240 1709@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1710 annotate_field (5);
1711 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1712 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1713@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1714
1715It became:
1716
474c8240 1717@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1718 annotate_field (5);
1719 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1720 @{
1721 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1722 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1723 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1724 @}
474c8240 1725@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1726
1727Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1728
474c8240 1729@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1730 annotate_field (4);
1731 printf_filtered ("%s ",
15a661f3 1732 hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8));
474c8240 1733@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1734
1735It became:
1736
474c8240 1737@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1738 annotate_field (4);
1739 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1740@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1741
1742
c906108c
SS
1743@section Console Printing
1744
1745@section TUI
1746
89437448 1747@node libgdb
c906108c 1748
89437448
AC
1749@chapter libgdb
1750
1751@section libgdb 1.0
1752@cindex @code{libgdb}
1753@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1754to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1755
1756@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1757@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1758@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1759better able to support graphical and other environments.
1760
1761Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1762evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1763
1764@itemize @bullet
1765@item
1766Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1767@item
1768Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1769@item
1770Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1771@item
1772Library - @file{gdb.h}
1773@end itemize
1774
1775The model that ties these components together is described below.
1776
1777@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1778
1779A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1780
1781@itemize @bullet
1782@item
1783As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1784@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1785state, etc).
1786@item
1787As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1788obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1789@end itemize
1790
c1468174 1791Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g., a GUI supporting
89437448
AC
1792the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1793controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
587afa38 1794@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e.@: no other client is using @code{libgdb})
89437448
AC
1795before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1796
1797@section CLI support
1798
1799At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1800@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1801their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1802requirements.
1803
1804It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1805(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1806out the theory:
1807
1808@itemize @bullet
1809@item
1810The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1811@item
1812The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1813versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1814@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1815@item
1816The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1817used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1818@end itemize
1819
1820When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1821along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1822the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1823through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1824At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1825virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1826
1827The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1828@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1829client's custom builder).
1830
1831@section @code{libgdb} components
1832
1833@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1834@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1835be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1836observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1837the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1838finished the current command.
1839
1840@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1841@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1842create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1843when doing any queries.
1844
1845@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1846@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1847@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1848loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
587afa38 1849implement a new event-loop that @value{GDBN} would use.
89437448
AC
1850
1851The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1852@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1853instead of returning.
1854
1855@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1856@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1857the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1858builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1859before the query function returns.
c906108c 1860
5f5233d4
PA
1861@node Values
1862@chapter Values
1863@section Values
1864
1865@cindex values
1866@cindex @code{value} structure
1867@value{GDBN} uses @code{struct value}, or @dfn{values}, as an internal
1868abstraction for the representation of a variety of inferior objects
1869and @value{GDBN} convenience objects.
1870
1871Values have an associated @code{struct type}, that describes a virtual
1872view of the raw data or object stored in or accessed through the
1873value.
1874
1875A value is in addition discriminated by its lvalue-ness, given its
1876@code{enum lval_type} enumeration type:
1877
1878@cindex @code{lval_type} enumeration, for values.
1879@table @code
1880@item @code{not_lval}
1881This value is not an lval. It can't be assigned to.
1882
1883@item @code{lval_memory}
1884This value represents an object in memory.
1885
1886@item @code{lval_register}
1887This value represents an object that lives in a register.
1888
1889@item @code{lval_internalvar}
1890Represents the value of an internal variable.
1891
1892@item @code{lval_internalvar_component}
1893Represents part of a @value{GDBN} internal variable. E.g., a
1894structure field.
1895
1896@cindex computed values
1897@item @code{lval_computed}
1898These are ``computed'' values. They allow creating specialized value
1899objects for specific purposes, all abstracted away from the core value
1900support code. The creator of such a value writes specialized
1901functions to handle the reading and writing to/from the value's
1902backend data, and optionally, a ``copy operator'' and a
1903``destructor''.
1904
1905Pointers to these functions are stored in a @code{struct lval_funcs}
1906instance (declared in @file{value.h}), and passed to the
1907@code{allocate_computed_value} function, as in the example below.
1908
1909@smallexample
1910static void
1911nil_value_read (struct value *v)
1912@{
1913 /* This callback reads data from some backend, and stores it in V.
1914 In this case, we always read null data. You'll want to fill in
1915 something more interesting. */
1916
1917 memset (value_contents_all_raw (v),
1918 value_offset (v),
1919 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v)));
1920@}
1921
1922static void
1923nil_value_write (struct value *v, struct value *fromval)
1924@{
1925 /* Takes the data from FROMVAL and stores it in the backend of V. */
1926
1927 to_oblivion (value_contents_all_raw (fromval),
1928 value_offset (v),
1929 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (fromval)));
1930@}
1931
1932static struct lval_funcs nil_value_funcs =
1933 @{
1934 nil_value_read,
1935 nil_value_write
1936 @};
1937
1938struct value *
1939make_nil_value (void)
1940@{
1941 struct type *type;
1942 struct value *v;
1943
1944 type = make_nils_type ();
1945 v = allocate_computed_value (type, &nil_value_funcs, NULL);
1946
1947 return v;
1948@}
1949@end smallexample
1950
1951See the implementation of the @code{$_siginfo} convenience variable in
1952@file{infrun.c} as a real example use of lval_computed.
1953
1954@end table
1955
669fac23
DJ
1956@node Stack Frames
1957@chapter Stack Frames
1958
1959@cindex frame
1960@cindex call stack frame
1961A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
1962and called functions.
1963
1964@cindex unwind frame
1965@value{GDBN}'s frame model, a fresh design, was implemented with the
1966need to support @sc{dwarf}'s Call Frame Information in mind. In fact,
1967the term ``unwind'' is taken directly from that specification.
1968Developers wishing to learn more about unwinders, are encouraged to
1969read the @sc{dwarf} specification, available from
1970@url{http://www.dwarfstd.org}.
1971
1972@findex frame_register_unwind
1973@findex get_frame_register
1974@value{GDBN}'s model is that you find a frame's registers by
1975``unwinding'' them from the next younger frame. That is,
1976@samp{get_frame_register} which returns the value of a register in
1977frame #1 (the next-to-youngest frame), is implemented by calling frame
1978#0's @code{frame_register_unwind} (the youngest frame). But then the
1979obvious question is: how do you access the registers of the youngest
1980frame itself?
1981
1982@cindex sentinel frame
1983@findex get_frame_type
1984@vindex SENTINEL_FRAME
587afa38 1985To answer this question, @value{GDBN} has the @dfn{sentinel} frame, the
669fac23
DJ
1986``-1st'' frame. Unwinding registers from the sentinel frame gives you
1987the current values of the youngest real frame's registers. If @var{f}
1988is a sentinel frame, then @code{get_frame_type (@var{f}) @equiv{}
1989SENTINEL_FRAME}.
1990
1991@section Selecting an Unwinder
1992
1993@findex frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder
1994@findex frame_unwind_append_unwinder
1995The architecture registers a list of frame unwinders (@code{struct
1996frame_unwind}), using the functions
1997@code{frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder} and
1998@code{frame_unwind_append_unwinder}. Each unwinder includes a
1999sniffer. Whenever @value{GDBN} needs to unwind a frame (to fetch the
2000previous frame's registers or the current frame's ID), it calls
2001registered sniffers in order to find one which recognizes the frame.
2002The first time a sniffer returns non-zero, the corresponding unwinder
2003is assigned to the frame.
2004
2005@section Unwinding the Frame ID
2006@cindex frame ID
2007
2008Every frame has an associated ID, of type @code{struct frame_id}.
2009The ID includes the stack base and function start address for
2010the frame. The ID persists through the entire life of the frame,
2011including while other called frames are running; it is used to
2012locate an appropriate @code{struct frame_info} from the cache.
2013
2014Every time the inferior stops, and at various other times, the frame
2015cache is flushed. Because of this, parts of @value{GDBN} which need
2016to keep track of individual frames cannot use pointers to @code{struct
2017frame_info}. A frame ID provides a stable reference to a frame, even
2018when the unwinder must be run again to generate a new @code{struct
2019frame_info} for the same frame.
2020
2021The frame's unwinder's @code{this_id} method is called to find the ID.
2022Note that this is different from register unwinding, where the next
2023frame's @code{prev_register} is called to unwind this frame's
2024registers.
2025
2026Both stack base and function address are required to identify the
2027frame, because a recursive function has the same function address for
2028two consecutive frames and a leaf function may have the same stack
2029address as its caller. On some platforms, a third address is part of
2030the ID to further disambiguate frames---for instance, on IA-64
2031the separate register stack address is included in the ID.
2032
005ca36a 2033An invalid frame ID (@code{outer_frame_id}) returned from the
669fac23
DJ
2034@code{this_id} method means to stop unwinding after this frame.
2035
005ca36a
JB
2036@code{null_frame_id} is another invalid frame ID which should be used
2037when there is no frame. For instance, certain breakpoints are attached
2038to a specific frame, and that frame is identified through its frame ID
2039(we use this to implement the "finish" command). Using
2040@code{null_frame_id} as the frame ID for a given breakpoint means
2041that the breakpoint is not specific to any frame. The @code{this_id}
2042method should never return @code{null_frame_id}.
2043
669fac23
DJ
2044@section Unwinding Registers
2045
2046Each unwinder includes a @code{prev_register} method. This method
2047takes a frame, an associated cache pointer, and a register number.
2048It returns a @code{struct value *} describing the requested register,
2049as saved by this frame. This is the value of the register that is
2050current in this frame's caller.
2051
2052The returned value must have the same type as the register. It may
2053have any lvalue type. In most circumstances one of these routines
2054will generate the appropriate value:
2055
2056@table @code
2057@item frame_unwind_got_optimized
2058@findex frame_unwind_got_optimized
2059This register was not saved.
2060
2061@item frame_unwind_got_register
2062@findex frame_unwind_got_register
2063This register was copied into another register in this frame. This
2064is also used for unchanged registers; they are ``copied'' into the
2065same register.
2066
2067@item frame_unwind_got_memory
2068@findex frame_unwind_got_memory
2069This register was saved in memory.
2070
2071@item frame_unwind_got_constant
2072@findex frame_unwind_got_constant
2073This register was not saved, but the unwinder can compute the previous
2074value some other way.
2075
2076@item frame_unwind_got_address
2077@findex frame_unwind_got_address
2078Same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}, except that the value is a target
2079address. This is frequently used for the stack pointer, which is not
2080explicitly saved but has a known offset from this frame's stack
2081pointer. For architectures with a flat unified address space, this is
2082generally the same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}.
2083@end table
2084
c906108c
SS
2085@node Symbol Handling
2086
2087@chapter Symbol Handling
2088
1f70da6a
SS
2089Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include
2090variables, functions, and types.
2091
2092Symbol information for a large program can be truly massive, and
2093reading of symbol information is one of the major performance
2094bottlenecks in @value{GDBN}; it can take many minutes to process it
2095all. Studies have shown that nearly all the time spent is
2096computational, rather than file reading.
2097
2098One of the ways for @value{GDBN} to provide a good user experience is
2099to start up quickly, taking no more than a few seconds. It is simply
2100not possible to process all of a program's debugging info in that
2101time, and so we attempt to handle symbols incrementally. For instance,
2102we create @dfn{partial symbol tables} consisting of only selected
2103symbols, and only expand them to full symbol tables when necessary.
c906108c
SS
2104
2105@section Symbol Reading
2106
56caf160
EZ
2107@cindex symbol reading
2108@cindex reading of symbols
2109@cindex symbol files
2110@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
2111file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
2112debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
2113symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1f70da6a
SS
2114more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands. In
2115addition, it may bring in more symbols while loading shared
2116libraries.
56caf160
EZ
2117
2118@findex find_sym_fns
2119Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
2120the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
2121of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
2122this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
2123
2124@findex add_symtab_fns
2125@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
2126@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
2127Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
2128@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
2129to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
2130name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
2131and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 2132times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
2133prefix.
2134
2135The functions supplied by each module are:
2136
2137@table @code
2138@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
2139
56caf160 2140@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
2141Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
2142symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
2143resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
2144read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
2145might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
2146whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
2147
2148The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
2149@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
2150new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
2151and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
2152information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
2153in the @code{private} field.
2154
2155There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
2156@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
2157
2158@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
2159
2160Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
2161This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
2162state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
2163@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
2164arguments and no result. It may be called after
2165@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
2166may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
2167
2168@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
2169
2170Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
2171symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
2172
56caf160 2173@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
2174@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
2175the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
2176address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
c1468174 2177table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g., shared library
c906108c
SS
2178or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
2179@end table
2180
2181In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
2182@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
2183to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 2184from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
2185
2186@table @code
2187@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
2188
56caf160 2189Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
2190the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
2191pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
2192symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
2193@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
2194zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
2195@end table
2196
2197@section Partial Symbol Tables
2198
56caf160 2199@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
2200
2201@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2202@cindex full symbol table
2203@cindex symtabs
2204@item
2205Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
2206information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 2207
56caf160
EZ
2208@cindex psymtabs
2209@item
2210Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
2211information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
2212symbol table.
2213
56caf160
EZ
2214@cindex minimal symbol table
2215@cindex minsymtabs
2216@item
2217Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 2218gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
2219@end itemize
2220
56caf160 2221@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
2222This section describes partial symbol tables.
2223
2224A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
2225file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 2226extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 2227need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 2228information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
2229quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
2230pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
2231the user.
2232@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
2233
2234The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
2235visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
2236that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 2237types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
2238
2239The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
2240full symbol table would represent.
2241
56caf160
EZ
2242@cindex finding a symbol
2243@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
2244The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
2245code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
2246
2247@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2248@findex find_pc_function
2249@findex find_pc_line
2250@item
c1468174 2251By its address (e.g., execution stops at some address which is inside a
56caf160
EZ
2252function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
2253range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
2254@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
2255@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 2256
56caf160
EZ
2257@cindex lookup_symbol
2258@item
2259By its name
c1468174 2260(e.g., the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
c906108c
SS
2261function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
2262psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
2263have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
2264case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 2265qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
2266local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
2267does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
2268@end itemize
2269
2270The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
2271at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
2272while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
2273psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
2274them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
2275either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
2276name.
2277
56caf160
EZ
2278It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
2279been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
2280in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
2281all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
2282ranges.
c906108c 2283
56caf160 2284The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
2285thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
2286be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
2287bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
2288and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
2289on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
2290unless you want to do a lot more work.
2291
ccefe4c4
TT
2292Whether or not psymtabs are created depends on the objfile's symbol
2293reader. The core of @value{GDBN} hides the details of partial symbols
2294and partial symbol tables behind a set of function pointers known as
2295the @dfn{quick symbol functions}. These are documented in
2296@file{symfile.h}.
2297
c906108c
SS
2298@section Types
2299
56caf160 2300@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 2301
56caf160 2302@cindex fundamental types
25822942 2303These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
2304types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
2305into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
2306that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
2307knows about.
c906108c 2308
56caf160 2309@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 2310
56caf160
EZ
2311@cindex type codes
2312Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
2313of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
2314@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
2315which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
2316types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
2317other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
2318or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 2319
56caf160 2320@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
2321
2322These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
2323fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
2324use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
2325eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
2326initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
2327@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
2328an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
2329@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
2330only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
2331@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
2332some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
2333
2334@section Object File Formats
56caf160 2335@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
2336
2337@subsection a.out
2338
56caf160
EZ
2339@cindex @code{a.out} format
2340The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
2341consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
2342which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
2343respectively.
c906108c 2344
56caf160 2345The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 2346place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
2347@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
2348format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
2349symbols with distinctive attributes.
2350
56caf160 2351The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
2352
2353@subsection COFF
2354
56caf160 2355@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
2356The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
2357COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
2358number of sections is limited.
2359
2360The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
1f70da6a
SS
2361was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited.
2362For instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
2363included file. GNU's COFF-using configs often use stabs-type info,
2364encapsulated in special sections.
c906108c
SS
2365
2366The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
2367
2368@subsection ECOFF
2369
56caf160 2370@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
2371ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
2372workstations.
2373
2374The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
2375
2376@subsection XCOFF
2377
56caf160 2378@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
2379The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
2380The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
2381symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
2382@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
2383information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
2384
2385The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
2386shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
2387refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
2388relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
2389using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
2390been run (or the core file has been read).
2391
2392@subsection PE
2393
56caf160
EZ
2394@cindex PE-COFF format
2395Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
2396executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
2397
25822942 2398While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
2399COFF reader.
2400
2401@subsection ELF
2402
56caf160 2403@cindex ELF format
1f70da6a
SS
2404The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is
2405similar to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it
2406removes many of COFF's limitations. Debugging info may be either stabs
2407encapsulated in ELF sections, or more commonly these days, DWARF.
c906108c
SS
2408
2409The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
2410
2411@subsection SOM
2412
56caf160 2413@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
2414SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
2415SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
2416
1a92f856 2417The SOM reader is in @file{somread.c}.
c906108c 2418
c906108c
SS
2419@section Debugging File Formats
2420
2421This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
2422are independent of the object file format.
2423
2424@subsection stabs
2425
56caf160 2426@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
2427@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
2428format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
2429formats, such as COFF and ELF.
2430
2431While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
2432including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
2433the real work.
2434
2435@subsection COFF
2436
56caf160 2437@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2438The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
2439of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
2440
2441@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
2442
56caf160 2443@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2444ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
2445
2446The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
2447
1f70da6a
SS
2448@c mention DWARF 1 as a formerly-supported format
2449
c906108c
SS
2450@subsection DWARF 2
2451
56caf160 2452@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
2453DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
2454
2455The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
2456
31fffb02
CS
2457@subsection Compressed DWARF 2
2458
2459@cindex Compressed DWARF 2 debugging info
2460Compressed DWARF 2 is not technically a separate debugging format, but
2461merely DWARF 2 debug information that has been compressed. In this
2462format, every object-file section holding DWARF 2 debugging
2463information is compressed and prepended with a header. (The section
2464is also typically renamed, so a section called @code{.debug_info} in a
2465DWARF 2 binary would be called @code{.zdebug_info} in a compressed
2466DWARF 2 binary.) The header is 12 bytes long:
2467
2468@itemize @bullet
2469@item
24704 bytes: the literal string ``ZLIB''
2471@item
24728 bytes: the uncompressed size of the section, in big-endian byte
2473order.
2474@end itemize
2475
2476The same reader is used for both compressed an normal DWARF 2 info.
2477Section decompression is done in @code{zlib_decompress_section} in
2478@file{dwarf2read.c}.
2479
1f70da6a
SS
2480@subsection DWARF 3
2481
2482@cindex DWARF 3 debugging info
2483DWARF 3 is an improved version of DWARF 2.
2484
c906108c
SS
2485@subsection SOM
2486
56caf160 2487@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
2488Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
2489
25822942 2490@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2491
56caf160
EZ
2492@cindex adding debugging info reader
2493If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
2494there is probably little to be done.
2495
2496If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
2497BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
2498
2499You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
1f70da6a
SS
2500debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping
2501routines from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the
2502debugging information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not
2503depend on the BFD internal data structures.
c906108c
SS
2504
2505For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
2506to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
2507platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
2508will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
2509directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 2510@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 2511
c91d38aa
DJ
2512@section Memory Management for Symbol Files
2513
2514Most memory associated with a loaded symbol file is stored on
2515its @code{objfile_obstack}. This includes symbols, types,
2516namespace data, and other information produced by the symbol readers.
2517
2518Because this data lives on the objfile's obstack, it is automatically
2519released when the objfile is unloaded or reloaded. Therefore one
2520objfile must not reference symbol or type data from another objfile;
2521they could be unloaded at different times.
2522
2523User convenience variables, et cetera, have associated types. Normally
2524these types live in the associated objfile. However, when the objfile
2525is unloaded, those types are deep copied to global memory, so that
2526the values of the user variables and history items are not lost.
2527
c906108c
SS
2528
2529@node Language Support
2530
2531@chapter Language Support
2532
56caf160
EZ
2533@cindex language support
2534@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
2535although it is possible for the user to set the source language
2536manually.
c906108c 2537
56caf160
EZ
2538@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
2539of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
2540means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
2541identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 2542
25822942 2543@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2544
56caf160
EZ
2545@cindex adding source language
2546To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
2547following steps:
c906108c
SS
2548
2549@table @emph
2550@item Create the expression parser.
2551
56caf160 2552@cindex expression parser
c906108c 2553This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 2554building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
2555@file{parse.c}.
2556
56caf160 2557@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
2558Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
2559parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 2560@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
2561various parsers from defining the same global names:
2562
474c8240 2563@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
2564#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
2565#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
2566#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
2567#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
2568#define yychar @var{lang}_char
2569#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
2570#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
2571#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
2572#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
2573#define yydef @var{lang}_def
2574#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
2575#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
2576#define yyact @var{lang}_act
2577#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
2578#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
2579#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 2580@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
2581
2582At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
2583initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
2584@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 2585@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
2586that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
2587and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
2588@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
2589language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
2590for more information.
2591
2592@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
2593
56caf160
EZ
2594@cindex expression evaluation routines
2595@findex evaluate_subexp
2596@findex prefixify_subexp
2597@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
2598If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
2599add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
2600code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
2601defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 2602for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 2603@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
2604the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
2605
2606@item Update some existing code
2607
2608Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
2609@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
2610
2611Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
2612These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
2613are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
2614statement, an error is reported.
2615
56caf160 2616@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
2617Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
2618@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
2619@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
2620string.
2621
56caf160 2622@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2623Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2624language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2625dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2626
56caf160 2627@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2628Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2629code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2630This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2631Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2632file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2633information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2634code.
2635
56caf160
EZ
2636@findex print_subexp
2637@findex op_print_tab
2638Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2639expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2640printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2641
2642@item Add a place of call
2643
56caf160 2644@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2645Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2646@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c 2647
c906108c
SS
2648@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2649
2650Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2651variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2652not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2653distribution!
c906108c
SS
2654@end table
2655
2656
2657@node Host Definition
2658
2659@chapter Host Definition
2660
56caf160 2661With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2662definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2663mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2664
2665@section Adding a New Host
2666
56caf160
EZ
2667@cindex adding a new host
2668@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2669@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2670New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2671@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2672below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2673eventually disappear.
c906108c 2674
c906108c 2675@table @file
c906108c 2676@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
1f70da6a
SS
2677This file is a Makefile fragment that once contained both host and
2678native configuration information (@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the
2679machine @var{xyz}. The host configuration information is now handled
2680by Autoconf.
7fd60527 2681
1f70da6a 2682Host configuration information included definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2683@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2684@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2685
1f70da6a 2686New host-only configurations do not need this file.
c906108c 2687
c906108c
SS
2688@end table
2689
1f70da6a
SS
2690(Files named @file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h} were once
2691used to define host-specific macros, but were no longer needed and
2692have all been removed.)
2693
c906108c
SS
2694@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2695
56caf160 2696@cindex generic host support
c906108c 2697There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
1f70da6a 2698various systems.
c906108c
SS
2699
2700@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2701@cindex remote debugging support
2702@cindex serial line support
c906108c 2703@item ser-unix.c
1f70da6a
SS
2704This contains serial line support for Unix systems. It is included by
2705default on all Unix-like hosts.
2706
2707@item ser-pipe.c
2708This contains serial pipe support for Unix systems. It is included by
2709default on all Unix-like hosts.
2710
2711@item ser-mingw.c
2712This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under
2713Windows using MinGW.
c906108c
SS
2714
2715@item ser-go32.c
2716This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2717using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2718
56caf160 2719@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c 2720@item ser-tcp.c
1f70da6a
SS
2721This contains generic TCP support using sockets. It is included by
2722default on all Unix-like hosts and with MinGW.
c906108c
SS
2723@end table
2724
2725@section Host Conditionals
2726
56caf160
EZ
2727When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2728defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
1f70da6a
SS
2729attributes of the host system. While formerly they could be set in
2730host-specific header files, at present they can be changed only by
2731setting @code{CFLAGS} when building, or by editing the source code.
2732
2733These macros and their meanings (or if the meaning is not documented
2734here, then one of the source files where they are used is indicated)
2735are:
c906108c 2736
56caf160 2737@ftable @code
25822942 2738@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2739The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2740@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2741
c906108c
SS
2742@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2743If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2744of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2745
2746@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2747Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2748the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2749
c906108c 2750@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2751@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2752Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2753line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2754characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2755which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2756mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2757
2758@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2759@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2760The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2761
2762@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2763@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2764The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2765
c906108c
SS
2766@item ISATTY
2767Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2768
1f70da6a
SS
2769@item FOPEN_RB
2770Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
c906108c
SS
2771
2772@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2773@cindex @code{long long} data type
2774Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2775by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2776
2777@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2778Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2779the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2780@code{configure} script.
c906108c 2781
c906108c
SS
2782@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2783Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2784@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2785is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2786
c906108c
SS
2787@item NORETURN
2788If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile},
2789that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to
2790indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly
2791if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined.
2792
2793@item ATTR_NORETURN
2794If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as
2795@code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations
2796of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already
2797set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be
2798defined.
2799
c906108c 2800@item lint
56caf160 2801Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2802
2803@item volatile
2804Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2805@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2806@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2807
2808
2809@node Target Architecture Definition
2810
2811@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2812
56caf160
EZ
2813@cindex target architecture definition
2814@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2815machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2816with them.
c906108c 2817
af6c57ea
AC
2818The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2819@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2820using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2821
b6fd0dfb
NR
2822@menu
2823* OS ABI Variant Handling::
2824* Initialize New Architecture::
2825* Registers and Memory::
2826* Pointers and Addresses::
2827* Address Classes::
587afa38 2828* Register Representation::
b6fd0dfb
NR
2829* Frame Interpretation::
2830* Inferior Call Setup::
b39f4988 2831* Adding support for debugging core files::
587afa38 2832* Defining Other Architecture Features::
b6fd0dfb 2833* Adding a New Target::
b6fd0dfb
NR
2834@end menu
2835
2836@node OS ABI Variant Handling
70f80edf
JT
2837@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2838@cindex OS ABI variants
2839
2840@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2841ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2842variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2843components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2844
2845A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2846(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2847OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2848to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2849considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2850overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2851architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2852different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2853OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2854examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2855sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2856
2857@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2858A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2859selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2860for each BFD architecture.
2861
f4b3909f 2862The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{defs.h}:
70f80edf
JT
2863
2864@table @code
2865
f4b3909f
EZ
2866@findex GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2867@item GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2868Used for struct gdbarch_info if ABI is still uninitialized.
2869
70f80edf
JT
2870@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2871@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2872The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2873settings for the architecture will be used.
2874
2875@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2876@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
f4b3909f 2877UNIX System V Release 4.
70f80edf
JT
2878
2879@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2880@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
f4b3909f 2881GNU using the Hurd kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2882
2883@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2884@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
f4b3909f 2885Sun Solaris.
70f80edf
JT
2886
2887@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2888@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
f4b3909f 2889OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
70f80edf
JT
2890
2891@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2892@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
f4b3909f 2893GNU using the Linux kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2894
2895@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2896@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2897FreeBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2898
2899@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2900@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
f4b3909f 2901FreeBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2902
2903@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2904@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2905NetBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2906
2907@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2908@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
f4b3909f
EZ
2909NetBSD using the ELF executable format.
2910
2911@findex GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2912@item GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2913OpenBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2914
2915@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2916@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
f4b3909f 2917Windows CE.
70f80edf 2918
1029b7fa
MK
2919@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2920@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
f4b3909f 2921DJGPP.
1029b7fa 2922
f4b3909f
EZ
2923@findex GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2924@item GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2925Irix.
2926
f4b3909f
EZ
2927@findex GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2928@item GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2929Interix (Posix layer for MS-Windows systems).
1029b7fa 2930
f4b3909f
EZ
2931@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2932@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2933HP/UX using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf 2934
f4b3909f
EZ
2935@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2936@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2937HP/UX using the SOM executable format.
70f80edf 2938
f4b3909f
EZ
2939@findex GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2940@item GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2941QNX Neutrino.
2942
2943@findex GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2944@item GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2945Cygwin.
2946
2947@findex GDB_OSABI_AIX
2948@item GDB_OSABI_AIX
2949AIX.
70f80edf
JT
2950
2951@end table
2952
2953Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2954
587afa38 2955@deftypefun {const char *} gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
70f80edf
JT
2956Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2957@end deftypefun
2958
c133ab7a 2959@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2960Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2961architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2962@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2963machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2964will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2965@end deftypefun
2966
2967@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2968Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2969BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2970If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2971be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2972any architecture.
2973@end deftypefun
2974
587afa38 2975@deftypefun {enum gdb_osabi} gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
70f80edf
JT
2976Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2977The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2978be determined.
2979@end deftypefun
2980
2981@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2982Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2983@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2984corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2985architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2986with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2987@end deftypefun
2988
f4b3909f
EZ
2989@deftypefun void generic_elf_osabi_sniff_abi_tag_sections (bfd *@var{abfd}, asection *@var{sect}, void *@var{obj})
2990Helper routine for ELF file sniffers. Examine the file described by
2991@var{abfd} and look at ABI tag note sections to determine the OS ABI
2992from the note. This function should be called via
2993@code{bfd_map_over_sections}.
2994@end deftypefun
2995
b6fd0dfb 2996@node Initialize New Architecture
7a107747
DJ
2997@section Initializing a New Architecture
2998
587afa38
EZ
2999@menu
3000* How an Architecture is Represented::
3001* Looking Up an Existing Architecture::
3002* Creating a New Architecture::
3003@end menu
3004
3005@node How an Architecture is Represented
3006@subsection How an Architecture is Represented
3007@cindex architecture representation
3008@cindex representation of architecture
3009
7a107747 3010Each @code{gdbarch} is associated with a single @sc{bfd} architecture,
587afa38
EZ
3011via a @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}} in the @code{bfd_architecture}
3012enumeration. The @code{gdbarch} is registered by a call to
3013@code{register_gdbarch_init}, usually from the file's
3014@code{_initialize_@var{filename}} routine, which will be automatically
3015called during @value{GDBN} startup. The arguments are a @sc{bfd}
3016architecture constant and an initialization function.
3017
3018@findex _initialize_@var{arch}_tdep
3019@cindex @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}
3020A @value{GDBN} description for a new architecture, @var{arch} is created by
3021defining a global function @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep}, by
3022convention in the source file @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}. For example,
3023in the case of the OpenRISC 1000, this function is called
3024@code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} and is found in the file
3025@file{or1k-tdep.c}.
3026
3027@cindex @file{configure.tgt}
3028@cindex @code{gdbarch}
3029@findex gdbarch_register
3030The resulting object files containing the implementation of the
3031@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function are specified in the @value{GDBN}
3032@file{configure.tgt} file, which includes a large case statement
3033pattern matching against the @code{--target} option of the
3034@code{configure} script. The new @code{struct gdbarch} is created
3035within the @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function by calling
3036@code{gdbarch_register}:
3037
3038@smallexample
3039void gdbarch_register (enum bfd_architecture @var{architecture},
3040 gdbarch_init_ftype *@var{init_func},
3041 gdbarch_dump_tdep_ftype *@var{tdep_dump_func});
3042@end smallexample
3043
3044The @var{architecture} will identify the unique @sc{bfd} to be
3045associated with this @code{gdbarch}. The @var{init_func} funciton is
3046called to create and return the new @code{struct gdbarch}. The
3047@var{tdep_dump_func} function will dump the target specific details
3048associated with this architecture.
3049
3050For example the function @code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} creates its
3051architecture for 32-bit OpenRISC 1000 architectures by calling:
3052
3053@smallexample
3054gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_or32, or1k_gdbarch_init, or1k_dump_tdep);
3055@end smallexample
3056
3057@node Looking Up an Existing Architecture
3058@subsection Looking Up an Existing Architecture
3059@cindex @code{gdbarch} lookup
7a107747 3060
587afa38 3061The initialization function has this prototype:
7a107747
DJ
3062
3063@smallexample
3064static struct gdbarch *
3065@var{arch}_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info @var{info},
3066 struct gdbarch_list *@var{arches})
3067@end smallexample
3068
3069The @var{info} argument contains parameters used to select the correct
3070architecture, and @var{arches} is a list of architectures which
3071have already been created with the same @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}}
3072value.
3073
3074The initialization function should first make sure that @var{info}
3075is acceptable, and return @code{NULL} if it is not. Then, it should
3076search through @var{arches} for an exact match to @var{info}, and
3077return one if found. Lastly, if no exact match was found, it should
3078create a new architecture based on @var{info} and return it.
3079
587afa38
EZ
3080@findex gdbarch_list_lookup_by_info
3081@cindex @code{gdbarch_info}
3082The lookup is done using @code{gdbarch_list_lookup_by_info}. It is
3083passed the list of existing architectures, @var{arches}, and the
3084@code{struct gdbarch_info}, @var{info}, and returns the first matching
3085architecture it finds, or @code{NULL} if none are found. If an
3086architecture is found it can be returned as the result from the
3087initialization function, otherwise a new @code{struct gdbach} will need
3088to be created.
3089
3090The struct gdbarch_info has the following components:
3091
3092@smallexample
3093struct gdbarch_info
3094@{
3095 const struct bfd_arch_info *bfd_arch_info;
3096 int byte_order;
3097 bfd *abfd;
3098 struct gdbarch_tdep_info *tdep_info;
3099 enum gdb_osabi osabi;
3100 const struct target_desc *target_desc;
3101@};
3102@end smallexample
3103
3104@vindex bfd_arch_info
3105The @code{bfd_arch_info} member holds the key details about the
3106architecture. The @code{byte_order} member is a value in an
3107enumeration indicating the endianism. The @code{abfd} member is a
3108pointer to the full @sc{bfd}, the @code{tdep_info} member is
3109additional custom target specific information, @code{osabi} identifies
3110which (if any) of a number of operating specific ABIs are used by this
3111architecture and the @code{target_desc} member is a set of name-value
3112pairs with information about register usage in this target.
3113
3114When the @code{struct gdbarch} initialization function is called, not
3115all the fields are provided---only those which can be deduced from the
3116@sc{bfd}. The @code{struct gdbarch_info}, @var{info} is used as a
3117look-up key with the list of existing architectures, @var{arches} to
3118see if a suitable architecture already exists. The @var{tdep_info},
3119@var{osabi} and @var{target_desc} fields may be added before this
3120lookup to refine the search.
3121
7a107747
DJ
3122Only information in @var{info} should be used to choose the new
3123architecture. Historically, @var{info} could be sparse, and
3124defaults would be collected from the first element on @var{arches}.
3125However, @value{GDBN} now fills in @var{info} more thoroughly,
3126so new @code{gdbarch} initialization functions should not take
3127defaults from @var{arches}.
3128
587afa38
EZ
3129@node Creating a New Architecture
3130@subsection Creating a New Architecture
3131@cindex @code{struct gdbarch} creation
3132
3133@findex gdbarch_alloc
3134@cindex @code{gdbarch_tdep} when allocating new @code{gdbarch}
3135If no architecture is found, then a new architecture must be created,
3136by calling @code{gdbarch_alloc} using the supplied @code{@w{struct
3137gdbarch_info}} and any additional custom target specific
3138information in a @code{struct gdbarch_tdep}. The prototype for
3139@code{gdbarch_alloc} is:
3140
3141@smallexample
3142struct gdbarch *gdbarch_alloc (const struct gdbarch_info *@var{info},
3143 struct gdbarch_tdep *@var{tdep});
3144@end smallexample
3145
3146@cindex @code{set_gdbarch} functions
3147@cindex @code{gdbarch} accessor functions
3148The newly created struct gdbarch must then be populated. Although
3149there are default values, in most cases they are not what is
3150required.
3151
3152For each element, @var{X}, there is are a pair of corresponding accessor
3153functions, one to set the value of that element,
3154@code{set_gdbarch_@var{X}}, the second to either get the value of an
3155element (if it is a variable) or to apply the element (if it is a
3156function), @code{gdbarch_@var{X}}. Note that both accessor functions
3157take a pointer to the @code{@w{struct gdbarch}} as first
3158argument. Populating the new @code{gdbarch} should use the
3159@code{set_gdbarch} functions.
3160
3161The following sections identify the main elements that should be set
3162in this way. This is not the complete list, but represents the
3163functions and elements that must commonly be specified for a new
3164architecture. Many of the functions and variables are described in the
3165header file @file{gdbarch.h}.
3166
3167This is the main work in defining a new architecture. Implementing the
3168set of functions to populate the @code{struct gdbarch}.
3169
3170@cindex @code{gdbarch_tdep} definition
3171@code{struct gdbarch_tdep} is not defined within @value{GDBN}---it is up
3172to the user to define this struct if it is needed to hold custom target
3173information that is not covered by the standard @code{@w{struct
3174gdbarch}}. For example with the OpenRISC 1000 architecture it is used to
3175hold the number of matchpoints available in the target (along with other
3176information).
3177
3178If there is no additional target specific information, it can be set to
3179@code{NULL}.
3180
b6fd0dfb 3181@node Registers and Memory
c906108c
SS
3182@section Registers and Memory
3183
56caf160
EZ
3184@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
3185@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
3186block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 3187
56caf160
EZ
3188@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
3189compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
3190that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
3191to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
4a9bb1df 3192and to reflect that in the @code{gdbarch_register_name} and related functions.
c906108c 3193
25822942 3194@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 3195
b6fd0dfb 3196@node Pointers and Addresses
93e79dbd
JB
3197@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
3198@cindex pointer representation
3199@cindex address representation
3200@cindex word-addressed machines
3201@cindex separate data and code address spaces
3202@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
3203@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
3204@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
3205@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
3206@cindex D10V addresses
3207
3208On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
3209indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
3210whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 3211machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
3212However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
3213address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
3214identity, and allows a larger code address space.
3215
1f70da6a
SS
3216@c D10V is gone from sources - more current example?
3217
172c2a43 3218For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
3219instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
3220actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
3221jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
3222full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
3223If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
3224then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
3225However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
3226low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
3227zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
3228the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
3229refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
3230code space.
3231
3232However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
3233forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
3234@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
3235@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
3236
3237(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
3238affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
3239going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
3240
56caf160
EZ
3241To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
3242one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
3243byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
3244of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
3245@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
3246@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
3247@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
3248and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
3249
3250Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
3251processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
3252each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
3253distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
3254clean up some architecture-independent code.
3255
3256Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
3257
3258@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
3259Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
3260@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
3261appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
3262@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
3263@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3264inferior's.
3265
3266For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3267extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
3268@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
3269D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
3270@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
3271
3272If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3273will signal an internal error.
3274@end deftypefun
3275
3276@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3277Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
3278pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
3279@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3280inferior's.
3281
3282For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3283stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
3284appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
3285is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
3286a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
3287
3288If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3289will signal an internal error.
3290@end deftypefun
3291
f23631e4 3292@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
3293Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
3294as appropriate for the current architecture.
3295
3296This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
3297For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
3298described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
3299@end deftypefun
3300
3301@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3302Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
3303the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
3304This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
3305above for @code{store_typed_address}.
3306@end deftypefun
3307
4a9bb1df 3308Here are two functions which architectures can define to indicate the
93e79dbd
JB
3309relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
3310definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 3311simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd 3312
473f94e6 3313@deftypefun CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
93e79dbd
JB
3314Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3315appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3316address the pointer refers to.
3317
3318This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3319C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3320@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3321
473f94e6 3322@deftypefun void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
93e79dbd
JB
3323Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3324@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
3325
3326This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3327C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3328@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3329
b6fd0dfb 3330@node Address Classes
b5b0480a
KB
3331@section Address Classes
3332@cindex address classes
3333@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
3334@cindex DW_AT_address_class
3335
3336Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
3337via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
3338define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
3339distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
3340info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
3341address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
3342following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
3343types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
3344a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
3345
473f94e6 3346@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
b5b0480a
KB
3347Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
3348is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
3349This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
3350@file{dwarf2read.c}.
4a9bb1df 3351@end deftypefun
b5b0480a 3352
473f94e6 3353@deftypefun {char *} gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{type_flags})
b5b0480a
KB
3354Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
3355its name.
4a9bb1df 3356@end deftypefun
473f94e6 3357@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{name}, int *@var{type_flags_ptr})
d3e8051b 3358Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
b5b0480a 3359for that address class qualifier.
4a9bb1df 3360@end deftypefun
b5b0480a
KB
3361
3362Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
4a9bb1df
UW
3363the address class functions are defined by default. Predicate
3364functions are provided to detect when they are defined.
b5b0480a
KB
3365
3366Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
336732-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
3368suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
3369uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
3370of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
4a9bb1df 3371to implement the address class functions:
b5b0480a
KB
3372
3373@smallexample
3374somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
3375 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 3376@{
b5b0480a
KB
3377 if (byte_size == 2)
3378 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3379 else
3380 return 0;
f2abfe65 3381@}
b5b0480a
KB
3382
3383static char *
3384somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 3385@{
b5b0480a
KB
3386 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
3387 return "short";
3388 else
3389 return NULL;
f2abfe65 3390@}
b5b0480a
KB
3391
3392int
3393somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
3394 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 3395@{
b5b0480a 3396 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 3397 @{
b5b0480a
KB
3398 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3399 return 1;
f2abfe65 3400 @}
b5b0480a
KB
3401 else
3402 return 0;
f2abfe65 3403@}
b5b0480a
KB
3404@end smallexample
3405
3406The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
587afa38
EZ
3407to indicate the presence of one of these ``short'' pointers. For
3408example if the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is
3409one of these short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following
3410behavior:
b5b0480a
KB
3411
3412@smallexample
3413(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
3414type = int * @@short
3415@end smallexample
3416
93e79dbd 3417
587afa38
EZ
3418@node Register Representation
3419@section Register Representation
3420
3421@menu
3422* Raw and Cooked Registers::
3423* Register Architecture Functions & Variables::
3424* Register Information Functions::
3425* Register and Memory Data::
3426* Register Caching::
3427@end menu
3428
3429@node Raw and Cooked Registers
3430@subsection Raw and Cooked Registers
13d01224 3431@cindex raw register representation
587afa38
EZ
3432@cindex cooked register representation
3433@cindex representations, raw and cooked registers
3434
3435@value{GDBN} considers registers to be a set with members numbered
3436linearly from 0 upwards. The first part of that set corresponds to real
3437physical registers, the second part to any @dfn{pseudo-registers}.
3438Pseudo-registers have no independent physical existence, but are useful
3439representations of information within the architecture. For example the
3440OpenRISC 1000 architecture has up to 32 general purpose registers, which
3441are typically represented as 32-bit (or 64-bit) integers. However the
3442GPRs are also used as operands to the floating point operations, and it
3443could be convenient to define a set of pseudo-registers, to show the
3444GPRs represented as floating point values.
3445
3446For any architecture, the implementer will decide on a mapping from
3447hardware to @value{GDBN} register numbers. The registers corresponding to real
3448hardware are referred to as @dfn{raw} registers, the remaining registers are
3449@dfn{pseudo-registers}. The total register set (raw and pseudo) is called
3450the @dfn{cooked} register set.
3451
3452
3453@node Register Architecture Functions & Variables
3454@subsection Functions and Variables Specifying the Register Architecture
3455@cindex @code{gdbarch} register architecture functions
3456
3457These @code{struct gdbarch} functions and variables specify the number
3458and type of registers in the architecture.
3459
3460@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR read_pc (struct regcache *@var{regcache})
3461@end deftypefn
3462@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void write_pc (struct regcache *@var{regcache}, CORE_ADDR @var{val})
13d01224 3463
587afa38
EZ
3464Read or write the program counter. The default value of both
3465functions is @code{NULL} (no function available). If the program
3466counter is just an ordinary register, it can be specified in
3467@code{struct gdbarch} instead (see @code{pc_regnum} below) and it will
3468be read or written using the standard routines to access registers. This
3469function need only be specified if the program counter is not an
3470ordinary register.
3471
3472Any register information can be obtained using the supplied register
3473cache, @var{regcache}. @xref{Register Caching, , Register Caching}.
3474
3475@end deftypefn
3476
3477@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void pseudo_register_read (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, int @var{regnum}, const gdb_byte *@var{buf})
3478@end deftypefn
3479@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void pseudo_register_write (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, int @var{regnum}, const gdb_byte *@var{buf})
3480
3481These functions should be defined if there are any pseudo-registers.
3482The default value is @code{NULL}. @var{regnum} is the number of the
3483register to read or write (which will be a @dfn{cooked} register
3484number) and @var{buf} is the buffer where the value read will be
3485placed, or from which the value to be written will be taken. The
3486value in the buffer may be converted to or from a signed or unsigned
3487integral value using one of the utility functions (@pxref{Register and
d0384fc4 3488Memory Data, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
587afa38 3489Representations}).
af6c57ea 3490
587afa38
EZ
3491The access should be for the specified architecture,
3492@var{gdbarch}. Any register information can be obtained using the
3493supplied register cache, @var{regcache}. @xref{Register Caching, ,
3494Register Caching}.
9fb4dd36 3495
587afa38 3496@end deftypefn
13d01224 3497
587afa38
EZ
3498@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int sp_regnum
3499@vindex sp_regnum
3500@cindex stack pointer
3501@cindex @kbd{$sp}
9fb4dd36 3502
587afa38
EZ
3503This specifies the register holding the stack pointer, which may be a
3504raw or pseudo-register. It defaults to -1 (not defined), but it is an
3505error for it not to be defined.
9fb4dd36 3506
587afa38
EZ
3507The value of the stack pointer register can be accessed withing
3508@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$sp}.
3509
3510@end deftypevr
3511
3512@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int pc_regnum
3513@vindex pc_regnum
3514@cindex program counter
3515@cindex @kbd{$pc}
3516
3517This specifies the register holding the program counter, which may be a
3518raw or pseudo-register. It defaults to -1 (not defined). If
3519@code{pc_regnum} is not defined, then the functions @code{read_pc} and
3520@code{write_pc} (see above) must be defined.
3521
3522The value of the program counter (whether defined as a register, or
3523through @code{read_pc} and @code{write_pc}) can be accessed withing
3524@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$pc}.
3525
3526@end deftypevr
3527
3528@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int ps_regnum
3529@vindex ps_regnum
3530@cindex processor status register
3531@cindex status register
3532@cindex @kbd{$ps}
3533
3534This specifies the register holding the processor status (often called
3535the status register), which may be a raw or pseudo-register. It
3536defaults to -1 (not defined).
3537
3538If defined, the value of this register can be accessed withing
3539@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$ps}.
3540
3541@end deftypevr
3542
3543@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int fp0_regnum
3544@vindex fp0_regnum
3545@cindex first floating point register
3546
3547This specifies the first floating point register. It defaults to
35480. @code{fp0_regnum} is not needed unless the target offers support
3549for floating point.
9fb4dd36 3550
587afa38 3551@end deftypevr
9fb4dd36 3552
587afa38
EZ
3553@node Register Information Functions
3554@subsection Functions Giving Register Information
3555@cindex @code{gdbarch} register information functions
9fb4dd36 3556
587afa38
EZ
3557These functions return information about registers.
3558
3559@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {const char *} register_name (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum})
3560
3561This function should convert a register number (raw or pseudo) to a
3562register name (as a C @code{const char *}). This is used both to
3563determine the name of a register for output and to work out the meaning
3564of any register names used as input. The function may also return
3565@code{NULL}, to indicate that @var{regnum} is not a valid register.
3566
3567For example with the OpenRISC 1000, @value{GDBN} registers 0-31 are the
3568General Purpose Registers, register 32 is the program counter and
3569register 33 is the supervision register (i.e.@: the processor status
3570register), which map to the strings @code{"gpr00"} through
3571@code{"gpr31"}, @code{"pc"} and @code{"sr"} respectively. This means
3572that the @value{GDBN} command @kbd{print $gpr5} should print the value of
3573the OR1K general purpose register 5@footnote{
3574@cindex frame pointer
3575@cindex @kbd{$fp}
3576Historically, @value{GDBN} always had a concept of a frame pointer
3577register, which could be accessed via the @value{GDBN} variable,
3578@kbd{$fp}. That concept is now deprecated, recognizing that not all
3579architectures have a frame pointer. However if an architecture does
3580have a frame pointer register, and defines a register or
3581pseudo-register with the name @code{"fp"}, then that register will be
3582used as the value of the @kbd{$fp} variable.}.
3583
3584The default value for this function is @code{NULL}, meaning
3585undefined. It should always be defined.
3586
3587The access should be for the specified architecture, @var{gdbarch}.
6f6ef15a 3588
9fb4dd36
JB
3589@end deftypefn
3590
587afa38 3591@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct type *} register_type (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum})
9fb4dd36 3592
587afa38
EZ
3593Given a register number, this function identifies the type of data it
3594may be holding, specified as a @code{struct type}. @value{GDBN} allows
3595creation of arbitrary types, but a number of built in types are
3596provided (@code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_int32} etc),
3597together with functions to derive types from these.
3598
3599Typically the program counter will have a type of ``pointer to
3600function'' (it points to code), the frame pointer and stack pointer
3601will have types of ``pointer to void'' (they point to data on the stack)
3602and all other integer registers will have a type of 32-bit integer or
360364-bit integer.
3604
3605This information guides the formatting when displaying register
3606information. The default value is @code{NULL} meaning no information is
3607available to guide formatting when displaying registers.
3608
3609@end deftypefn
3610
3611@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_registers_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, int @var{regnum}, int @var{all})
3612
3613Define this function to print out one or all of the registers for the
3614@value{GDBN} @kbd{info registers} command. The default value is the
3615function @code{default_print_registers_info}, which uses the register
3616type information (see @code{register_type} above) to determine how each
3617register should be printed. Define a custom version of this function
3618for fuller control over how the registers are displayed.
3619
3620The access should be for the specified architecture, @var{gdbarch},
3621with output to the the file specified by the User Interface
3622Independent Output file handle, @var{file} (@pxref{UI-Independent
3623Output, , UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out}
3624Functions}).
3625
3626The registers should show their values in the frame specified by
3627@var{frame}. If @var{regnum} is -1 and @var{all} is zero, then all
3628the ``significant'' registers should be shown (the implementer should
3629decide which registers are ``significant''). Otherwise only the value of
3630the register specified by @var{regnum} should be output. If
3631@var{regnum} is -1 and @var{all} is non-zero (true), then the value of
3632all registers should be shown.
3633
3634By default @code{default_print_registers_info} prints one register per
3635line, and if @var{all} is zero omits floating-point registers.
3636
3637@end deftypefn
3638
3639@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_float_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, const char *@var{args})
3640
3641Define this function to provide output about the floating point unit and
3642registers for the @value{GDBN} @kbd{info float} command respectively.
3643The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined), meaning no information
3644will be provided.
3645
3646The @var{gdbarch} and @var{file} and @var{frame} arguments have the same
3647meaning as in the @code{print_registers_info} function above. The string
3648@var{args} contains any supplementary arguments to the @kbd{info float}
3649command.
3650
3651Define this function if the target supports floating point operations.
6f6ef15a 3652
9fb4dd36
JB
3653@end deftypefn
3654
587afa38
EZ
3655@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_vector_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, const char *@var{args})
3656
3657Define this function to provide output about the vector unit and
3658registers for the @value{GDBN} @kbd{info vector} command respectively.
3659The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined), meaning no information
3660will be provided.
3661
3662The @var{gdbarch}, @var{file} and @var{frame} arguments have the
3663same meaning as in the @code{print_registers_info} function above. The
3664string @var{args} contains any supplementary arguments to the @kbd{info
3665vector} command.
3666
3667Define this function if the target supports vector operations.
9fb4dd36 3668
9fb4dd36
JB
3669@end deftypefn
3670
587afa38
EZ
3671@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int register_reggroup_p (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum}, struct reggroup *@var{group})
3672
3673@value{GDBN} groups registers into different categories (general,
3674vector, floating point etc). This function, given a register,
3675@var{regnum}, and group, @var{group}, returns 1 (true) if the register
3676is in the group and 0 (false) otherwise.
3677
3678The information should be for the specified architecture,
3679@var{gdbarch}
3680
3681The default value is the function @code{default_register_reggroup_p}
3682which will do a reasonable job based on the type of the register (see
3683the function @code{register_type} above), with groups for general
3684purpose registers, floating point registers, vector registers and raw
3685(i.e not pseudo) registers.
3686
3687@end deftypefn
9fb4dd36 3688
b6fd0dfb 3689@node Register and Memory Data
587afa38 3690@subsection Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
13d01224
AC
3691@cindex register representation
3692@cindex memory representation
3693@cindex representations, register and memory
3694@cindex register data formats, converting
3695@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
3696
587afa38
EZ
3697Some architectures have different representations of data objects,
3698depending whether the object is held in a register or memory. For
3699example:
13d01224
AC
3700
3701@itemize @bullet
3702
3703@item
3704The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
3705floating-point registers.
3706
3707@item
3708The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
587afa38
EZ
3709@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80
3710bits when stored in a register.
13d01224
AC
3711
3712@end itemize
3713
3714In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
3715the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
3716the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
3717Interface.
3718
3719For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
3720representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
587afa38
EZ
3721However, they do occasionally differ. An architecture may define the
3722following @code{struct gdbarch} functions to request conversions
3723between the register and memory representations of a data type:
13d01224 3724
587afa38 3725@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int gdbarch_convert_register_p (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg})
13d01224 3726
587afa38
EZ
3727Return non-zero (true) if the representation of a data value stored in
3728this register may be different to the representation of that same data
3729value when stored in memory. The default value is @code{NULL}
3730(undefined).
83acabca 3731
587afa38
EZ
3732If this function is defined and returns non-zero, the @code{struct
3733gdbarch} functions @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3734@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} (see below) should be used to perform
3735any necessary conversion.
13d01224 3736
587afa38
EZ
3737If defined, this function should return zero for the register's native
3738type, when no conversion is necessary.
3739@end deftypefn
13d01224 3740
587afa38 3741@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void gdbarch_register_to_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224 3742
587afa38
EZ
3743Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of
3744type @var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value
3745in raw format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at
3746@var{to}.
3747
3748@quotation
3749@emph{Note:} @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3750@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3751arguments in different orders.
3752@end quotation
3753
3754@code{gdbarch_register_to_value} should only be used with registers
3755for which the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a
3756non-zero value.
3757
3758@end deftypefn
3759
3760@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void gdbarch_value_to_register (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224 3761
13d01224
AC
3762Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
3763raw format.
3764
587afa38
EZ
3765@quotation
3766@emph{Note:} @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3767@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3768arguments in different orders.
3769@end quotation
13d01224 3770
587afa38
EZ
3771@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} should only be used with registers
3772for which the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a
3773non-zero value.
3774
3775@end deftypefn
3776
3777@node Register Caching
3778@subsection Register Caching
3779@cindex register caching
3780
3781Caching of registers is used, so that the target does not need to be
3782accessed and reanalyzed multiple times for each register in
3783circumstances where the register value cannot have changed.
3784
3785@cindex @code{struct regcache}
3786@value{GDBN} provides @code{struct regcache}, associated with a
3787particular @code{struct gdbarch} to hold the cached values of the raw
3788registers. A set of functions is provided to access both the raw
3789registers (with @code{raw} in their name) and the full set of cooked
3790registers (with @code{cooked} in their name). Functions are provided
3791to ensure the register cache is kept synchronized with the values of
3792the actual registers in the target.
3793
3794Accessing registers through the @code{struct regcache} routines will
3795ensure that the appropriate @code{struct gdbarch} functions are called
3796when necessary to access the underlying target architecture. In general
3797users should use the @dfn{cooked} functions, since these will map to the
3798@dfn{raw} functions automatically as appropriate.
3799
3800@findex regcache_cooked_read
3801@findex regcache_cooked_write
3802@cindex @code{gdb_byte}
3803@findex regcache_cooked_read_signed
3804@findex regcache_cooked_read_unsigned
3805@findex regcache_cooked_write_signed
3806@findex regcache_cooked_write_unsigned
3807The two key functions are @code{regcache_cooked_read} and
3808@code{regcache_cooked_write} which read or write a register from or to
3809a byte buffer (type @code{gdb_byte *}). For convenience the wrapper
3810functions @code{regcache_cooked_read_signed},
3811@code{regcache_cooked_read_unsigned},
3812@code{regcache_cooked_write_signed} and
3813@code{regcache_cooked_write_unsigned} are provided, which read or
3814write the value using the buffer and convert to or from an integral
3815value as appropriate.
13d01224 3816
b6fd0dfb 3817@node Frame Interpretation
c906108c
SS
3818@section Frame Interpretation
3819
587afa38
EZ
3820@menu
3821* All About Stack Frames::
3822* Frame Handling Terminology::
3823* Prologue Caches::
3824* Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames::
3825* Functions to Access Frame Data::
3826* Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers::
3827@end menu
3828
3829@node All About Stack Frames
3830@subsection All About Stack Frames
3831
3832@value{GDBN} needs to understand the stack on which local (automatic)
3833variables are stored. The area of the stack containing all the local
3834variables for a function invocation is known as the @dfn{stack frame}
3835for that function (or colloquially just as the @dfn{frame}). In turn the
3836function that called the function will have its stack frame, and so on
3837back through the chain of functions that have been called.
3838
3839Almost all architectures have one register dedicated to point to the
3840end of the stack (the @dfn{stack pointer}). Many have a second register
3841which points to the start of the currently active stack frame (the
3842@dfn{frame pointer}). The specific arrangements for an architecture are
3843a key part of the ABI.
3844
3845A diagram helps to explain this. Here is a simple program to compute
3846factorials:
3847
3848@smallexample
3849#include <stdio.h>
3850int fact (int n)
3851@{
3852 if (0 == n)
3853 @{
3854 return 1;
3855 @}
3856 else
3857 @{
3858 return n * fact (n - 1);
3859 @}
3860@}
3861
3862main ()
3863@{
3864 int i;
3865
3866 for (i = 0; i < 10; i++)
3867 @{
3868 int f = fact (i);
3869 printf ("%d! = %d\n", i, f);
3870 @}
3871@}
3872@end smallexample
3873
3874Consider the state of the stack when the code reaches line 6 after the
3875main program has called @code{fact@w{ }(3)}. The chain of function
3876calls will be @code{main ()}, @code{fact@w{ }(3)}, @code{fact@w{
3877}(2)}, @code{@w{fact (1)}} and @code{fact@w{ }(0)}.
3878
3879In this illustration the stack is falling (as used for example by the
3880OpenRISC 1000 ABI). The stack pointer (SP) is at the end of the stack
3881(lowest address) and the frame pointer (FP) is at the highest address
3882in the current stack frame. The following diagram shows how the stack
3883looks.
3884
3885@center @image{stack_frame,14cm}
3886
3887In each stack frame, offset 0 from the stack pointer is the frame
3888pointer of the previous frame and offset 4 (this is illustrating a
388932-bit architecture) from the stack pointer is the return address.
3890Local variables are indexed from the frame pointer, with negative
3891indexes. In the function @code{fact}, offset -4 from the frame
3892pointer is the argument @var{n}. In the @code{main} function, offset
3893-4 from the frame pointer is the local variable @var{i} and offset -8
3894from the frame pointer is the local variable @var{f}@footnote{This is
3895a simplified example for illustrative purposes only. Good optimizing
3896compilers would not put anything on the stack for such simple
3897functions. Indeed they might eliminate the recursion and use of the
3898stack entirely!}.
3899
3900It is very easy to get confused when examining stacks. @value{GDBN}
3901has terminology it uses rigorously throughout. The stack frame of the
3902function currently executing, or where execution stopped is numbered
3903zero. In this example frame #0 is the stack frame of the call to
3904@code{fact@w{ }(0)}. The stack frame of its calling function
3905(@code{fact@w{ }(1)} in this case) is numbered #1 and so on back
3906through the chain of calls.
3907
3908The main @value{GDBN} data structure describing frames is
3909 @code{@w{struct frame_info}}. It is not used directly, but only via
3910its accessor functions. @code{frame_info} includes information about
3911the registers in the frame and a pointer to the code of the function
3912with which the frame is associated. The entire stack is represented as
3913a linked list of @code{frame_info} structs.
3914
3915@node Frame Handling Terminology
3916@subsection Frame Handling Terminology
3917
3918It is easy to get confused when referencing stack frames. @value{GDBN}
3919uses some precise terminology.
3920
3921@itemize @bullet
3922
3923@item
3924@cindex THIS frame
3925@cindex stack frame, definition of THIS frame
3926@cindex frame, definition of THIS frame
3927@dfn{THIS} frame is the frame currently under consideration.
3928
3929@item
3930@cindex NEXT frame
3931@cindex stack frame, definition of NEXT frame
3932@cindex frame, definition of NEXT frame
3933The @dfn{NEXT} frame, also sometimes called the inner or newer frame is the
3934frame of the function called by the function of THIS frame.
3935
3936@item
3937@cindex PREVIOUS frame
3938@cindex stack frame, definition of PREVIOUS frame
3939@cindex frame, definition of PREVIOUS frame
3940The @dfn{PREVIOUS} frame, also sometimes called the outer or older frame is
3941the frame of the function which called the function of THIS frame.
3942
3943@end itemize
3944
3945So in the example in the previous section (@pxref{All About Stack
3946Frames, , All About Stack Frames}), if THIS frame is #3 (the call to
3947@code{fact@w{ }(3)}), the NEXT frame is frame #2 (the call to
3948@code{fact@w{ }(2)}) and the PREVIOUS frame is frame #4 (the call to
3949@code{main@w{ }()}).
3950
3951@cindex innermost frame
3952@cindex stack frame, definition of innermost frame
3953@cindex frame, definition of innermost frame
3954The @dfn{innermost} frame is the frame of the current executing
3955function, or where the program stopped, in this example, in the middle
3956of the call to @code{@w{fact (0))}}. It is always numbered frame #0.
3957
3958@cindex base of a frame
3959@cindex stack frame, definition of base of a frame
3960@cindex frame, definition of base of a frame
3961The @dfn{base} of a frame is the address immediately before the start
3962of the NEXT frame. For a stack which grows down in memory (a
3963@dfn{falling} stack) this will be the lowest address and for a stack
3964which grows up in memory (a @dfn{rising} stack) this will be the
3965highest address in the frame.
3966
3967@value{GDBN} functions to analyze the stack are typically given a
3968pointer to the NEXT frame to determine information about THIS
3969frame. Information about THIS frame includes data on where the
3970registers of the PREVIOUS frame are stored in this stack frame. In
3971this example the frame pointer of the PREVIOUS frame is stored at
3972offset 0 from the stack pointer of THIS frame.
3973
3974@cindex unwinding
3975@cindex stack frame, definition of unwinding
3976@cindex frame, definition of unwinding
3977The process whereby a function is given a pointer to the NEXT
3978frame to work out information about THIS frame is referred to as
3979@dfn{unwinding}. The @value{GDBN} functions involved in this typically
3980include unwind in their name.
3981
3982@cindex sniffing
3983@cindex stack frame, definition of sniffing
3984@cindex frame, definition of sniffing
3985The process of analyzing a target to determine the information that
3986should go in struct frame_info is called @dfn{sniffing}. The functions
3987that carry this out are called sniffers and typically include sniffer
3988in their name. More than one sniffer may be required to extract all
3989the information for a particular frame.
3990
3991@cindex sentinel frame
3992@cindex stack frame, definition of sentinel frame
3993@cindex frame, definition of sentinel frame
3994Because so many functions work using the NEXT frame, there is an issue
3995about addressing the innermost frame---it has no NEXT frame. To solve
3996this @value{GDBN} creates a dummy frame #-1, known as the
3997@dfn{sentinel} frame.
3998
3999@node Prologue Caches
4000@subsection Prologue Caches
4001
4002@cindex function prologue
4003@cindex prologue of a function
4004All the frame sniffing functions typically examine the code at the
4005start of the corresponding function, to determine the state of
4006registers. The ABI will save old values and set new values of key
4007registers at the start of each function in what is known as the
4008function @dfn{prologue}.
4009
4010@cindex prologue cache
4011For any particular stack frame this data does not change, so all the
4012standard unwinding functions, in addition to receiving a pointer to
4013the NEXT frame as their first argument, receive a pointer to a
4014@dfn{prologue cache} as their second argument. This can be used to store
4015values associated with a particular frame, for reuse on subsequent
4016calls involving the same frame.
4017
4018It is up to the user to define the structure used (it is a
4019@code{void@w{ }*} pointer) and arrange allocation and deallocation of
4020storage. However for general use, @value{GDBN} provides
4021@code{@w{struct trad_frame_cache}}, with a set of accessor
4022routines. This structure holds the stack and code address of
4023THIS frame, the base address of the frame, a pointer to the
4024struct @code{frame_info} for the NEXT frame and details of
4025where the registers of the PREVIOUS frame may be found in THIS
4026frame.
4027
4028Typically the first time any sniffer function is called with NEXT
4029frame, the prologue sniffer for THIS frame will be @code{NULL}. The
4030sniffer will analyze the frame, allocate a prologue cache structure
4031and populate it. Subsequent calls using the same NEXT frame will
4032pass in this prologue cache, so the data can be returned with no
4033additional analysis.
4034
4035@node Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames
4036@subsection Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames
4037
4038These struct @code{gdbarch} functions and variable should be defined
4039to provide analysis of the stack frame and allow it to be adjusted as
4040required.
4041
4042@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR skip_prologue (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{pc})
4043
4044The prologue of a function is the code at the beginning of the
4045function which sets up the stack frame, saves the return address
4046etc. The code representing the behavior of the function starts after
4047the prologue.
4048
4049This function skips past the prologue of a function if the program
4050counter, @var{pc}, is within the prologue of a function. The result is
4051the program counter immediately after the prologue. With modern
4052optimizing compilers, this may be a far from trivial exercise. However
4053the required information may be within the binary as DWARF2 debugging
4054information, making the job much easier.
4055
4056The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined). This function should always
4057be provided, but can take advantage of DWARF2 debugging information,
4058if that is available.
4059
4060@end deftypefn
4061
4062@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int inner_than (CORE_ADDR @var{lhs}, CORE_ADDR @var{rhs})
4063@findex core_addr_lessthan
4064@findex core_addr_greaterthan
4065
4066Given two frame or stack pointers, return non-zero (true) if the first
4067represents the @dfn{inner} stack frame and 0 (false) otherwise. This
4068is used to determine whether the target has a stack which grows up in
4069memory (rising stack) or grows down in memory (falling stack).
4070@xref{All About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames}, for an
4071explanation of @dfn{inner} frames.
4072
4073The default value of this function is @code{NULL} and it should always
4074be defined. However for almost all architectures one of the built-in
4075functions can be used: @code{core_addr_lessthan} (for stacks growing
4076down in memory) or @code{core_addr_greaterthan} (for stacks growing up
4077in memory).
4078
4079@end deftypefn
4080
4081@anchor{frame_align}
4082@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR frame_align (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
4083@findex align_down
4084@findex align_up
4085
4086The architecture may have constraints on how its frames are
4087aligned. For example the OpenRISC 1000 ABI requires stack frames to be
4088double-word aligned, but 32-bit versions of the architecture allocate
4089single-word values to the stack. Thus extra padding may be needed at
4090the end of a stack frame.
4091
4092Given a proposed address for the stack pointer, this function
4093returns a suitably aligned address (by expanding the stack frame).
4094
4095The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined). This function should be defined
4096for any architecture where it is possible the stack could become
4097misaligned. The utility functions @code{align_down} (for falling
4098stacks) and @code{align_up} (for rising stacks) will facilitate the
4099implementation of this function.
4100
4101@end deftypefn
4102
4103@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int frame_red_zone_size
4104
4105Some ABIs reserve space beyond the end of the stack for use by leaf
4106functions without prologue or epilogue or by exception handlers (for
4107example the OpenRISC 1000).
4108
4109This is known as a @dfn{red zone} (AMD terminology). The @sc{amd64}
4110(nee x86-64) ABI documentation refers to the @dfn{red zone} when
4111describing this scratch area.
4112
4113The default value is 0. Set this field if the architecture has such a
4114red zone. The value must be aligned as required by the ABI (see
4115@code{frame_align} above for an explanation of stack frame alignment).
4116
4117@end deftypevr
4118
4119@node Functions to Access Frame Data
4120@subsection Functions to Access Frame Data
4121
4122These functions provide access to key registers and arguments in the
4123stack frame.
4124
4125@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR unwind_pc (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4126
4127This function is given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame (@pxref{All
4128About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames}, for how frames are
4129represented) and returns the value of the program counter in the
4130PREVIOUS frame (i.e.@: the frame of the function that called THIS
4131one). This is commonly referred to as the @dfn{return address}.
4132
4133The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
4134is typically no more than:
4135
4136@smallexample
4137ULONGEST pc;
4138pc = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, @var{ARCH}_PC_REGNUM);
4139return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, pc);
4140@end smallexample
4141
4142@end deftypefn
4143
4144@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR unwind_sp (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4145
4146This function is given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame
4147(@pxref{All About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames} for how
4148frames are represented) and returns the value of the stack pointer in
4149the PREVIOUS frame (i.e.@: the frame of the function that called
4150THIS one).
4151
4152The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
4153is typically no more than:
4154
4155@smallexample
4156ULONGEST sp;
4157sp = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, @var{ARCH}_SP_REGNUM);
4158return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, sp);
4159@end smallexample
4160
4161@end deftypefn
4162
4163@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int frame_num_args (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
4164
4165This function is given a pointer to THIS stack frame (@pxref{All
4166About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames} for how frames are
4167represented), and returns the number of arguments that are being
4168passed, or -1 if not known.
4169
4170The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined), in which case the number of
4171arguments passed on any stack frame is always unknown. For many
4172architectures this will be a suitable default.
4173
4174@end deftypefn
4175
4176@node Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers
4177@subsection Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers
4178
4179When a program stops, @value{GDBN} needs to construct the chain of
4180struct @code{frame_info} representing the state of the stack using
4181appropriate @dfn{sniffers}.
4182
4183Each architecture requires appropriate sniffers, but they do not form
4184entries in @code{@w{struct gdbarch}}, since more than one sniffer may
4185be required and a sniffer may be suitable for more than one
4186@code{@w{struct gdbarch}}. Instead sniffers are associated with
4187architectures using the following functions.
4188
4189@itemize @bullet
4190
4191@item
4192@findex frame_unwind_append_sniffer
4193@code{frame_unwind_append_sniffer} is used to add a new sniffer to
4194analyze THIS frame when given a pointer to the NEXT frame.
4195
4196@item
4197@findex frame_base_append_sniffer
4198@code{frame_base_append_sniffer} is used to add a new sniffer
4199which can determine information about the base of a stack frame.
4200
4201@item
4202@findex frame_base_set_default
4203@code{frame_base_set_default} is used to specify the default base
4204sniffer.
4205
4206@end itemize
4207
4208These functions all take a reference to @code{@w{struct gdbarch}}, so
4209they are associated with a specific architecture. They are usually
4210called in the @code{gdbarch} initialization function, after the
4211@code{gdbarch} struct has been set up. Unless a default has been set, the
4212most recently appended sniffer will be tried first.
4213
4214The main frame unwinding sniffer (as set by
4215@code{frame_unwind_append_sniffer)} returns a structure specifying
4216a set of sniffing functions:
4217
4218@cindex @code{frame_unwind}
4219@smallexample
4220struct frame_unwind
4221@{
4222 enum frame_type type;
4223 frame_this_id_ftype *this_id;
4224 frame_prev_register_ftype *prev_register;
4225 const struct frame_data *unwind_data;
4226 frame_sniffer_ftype *sniffer;
4227 frame_prev_pc_ftype *prev_pc;
4228 frame_dealloc_cache_ftype *dealloc_cache;
4229@};
4230@end smallexample
4231
4232The @code{type} field indicates the type of frame this sniffer can
4233handle: normal, dummy (@pxref{Functions Creating Dummy Frames, ,
4234Functions Creating Dummy Frames}), signal handler or sentinel. Signal
4235handlers sometimes have their own simplified stack structure for
4236efficiency, so may need their own handlers.
4237
4238The @code{unwind_data} field holds additional information which may be
4239relevant to particular types of frame. For example it may hold
4240additional information for signal handler frames.
4241
4242The remaining fields define functions that yield different types of
4243information when given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame. Not all
4244functions need be provided. If an entry is @code{NULL}, the next sniffer will
4245be tried instead.
4246
4247@itemize @bullet
4248
4249@item
4250@code{this_id} determines the stack pointer and function (code
4251entry point) for THIS stack frame.
4252
4253@item
4254@code{prev_register} determines where the values of registers for
4255the PREVIOUS stack frame are stored in THIS stack frame.
4256
4257@item
4258@code{sniffer} takes a look at THIS frame's registers to
4259determine if this is the appropriate unwinder.
4260
4261@item
4262@code{prev_pc} determines the program counter for THIS
4263frame. Only needed if the program counter is not an ordinary register
4264(@pxref{Register Architecture Functions & Variables,
4265, Functions and Variables Specifying the Register Architecture}).
4266
4267@item
4268@code{dealloc_cache} frees any additional memory associated with
4269the prologue cache for this frame (@pxref{Prologue Caches, , Prologue
4270Caches}).
4271
4272@end itemize
4273
4274In general it is only the @code{this_id} and @code{prev_register}
4275fields that need be defined for custom sniffers.
4276
4277The frame base sniffer is much simpler. It is a @code{@w{struct
4278frame_base}}, which refers to the corresponding @code{frame_unwind}
4279struct and whose fields refer to functions yielding various addresses
4280within the frame.
4281
4282@cindex @code{frame_base}
4283@smallexample
4284struct frame_base
4285@{
4286 const struct frame_unwind *unwind;
4287 frame_this_base_ftype *this_base;
4288 frame_this_locals_ftype *this_locals;
4289 frame_this_args_ftype *this_args;
4290@};
4291@end smallexample
4292
4293All the functions referred to take a pointer to the NEXT frame as
4294argument. The function referred to by @code{this_base} returns the
4295base address of THIS frame, the function referred to by
4296@code{this_locals} returns the base address of local variables in THIS
4297frame and the function referred to by @code{this_args} returns the
4298base address of the function arguments in this frame.
4299
4300As described above, the base address of a frame is the address
4301immediately before the start of the NEXT frame. For a falling
4302stack, this is the lowest address in the frame and for a rising stack
4303it is the highest address in the frame. For most architectures the
4304same address is also the base address for local variables and
4305arguments, in which case the same function can be used for all three
4306entries@footnote{It is worth noting that if it cannot be determined in any
4307other way (for example by there being a register with the name
4308@code{"fp"}), then the result of the @code{this_base} function will be
4309used as the value of the frame pointer variable @kbd{$fp} in
4310@value{GDBN}. This is very often not correct (for example with the
4311OpenRISC 1000, this value is the stack pointer, @kbd{$sp}). In this
4312case a register (raw or pseudo) with the name @code{"fp"} should be
4313defined. It will be used in preference as the value of @kbd{$fp}.}.
4314
b6fd0dfb 4315@node Inferior Call Setup
c906108c 4316@section Inferior Call Setup
587afa38
EZ
4317@cindex calls to the inferior
4318
4319@menu
4320* About Dummy Frames::
4321* Functions Creating Dummy Frames::
4322@end menu
4323
4324@node About Dummy Frames
4325@subsection About Dummy Frames
4326@cindex dummy frames
4327
4328@value{GDBN} can call functions in the target code (for example by
4329using the @kbd{call} or @kbd{print} commands). These functions may be
4330breakpointed, and it is essential that if a function does hit a
4331breakpoint, commands like @kbd{backtrace} work correctly.
4332
4333This is achieved by making the stack look as though the function had
4334been called from the point where @value{GDBN} had previously stopped.
4335This requires that @value{GDBN} can set up stack frames appropriate for
4336such function calls.
4337
4338@node Functions Creating Dummy Frames
4339@subsection Functions Creating Dummy Frames
4340
4341The following functions provide the functionality to set up such
4342@dfn{dummy} stack frames.
4343
4344@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct value *@var{function}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, CORE_ADDR @var{bp_addr}, int @var{nargs}, struct value **@var{args}, CORE_ADDR @var{sp}, int @var{struct_return}, CORE_ADDR @var{struct_addr})
4345
4346This function sets up a dummy stack frame for the function about to be
4347called. @code{push_dummy_call} is given the arguments to be passed
4348and must copy them into registers or push them on to the stack as
4349appropriate for the ABI.
4350
4351@var{function} is a pointer to the function
4352that will be called and @var{regcache} the register cache from which
4353values should be obtained. @var{bp_addr} is the address to which the
4354function should return (which is breakpointed, so @value{GDBN} can
4355regain control, hence the name). @var{nargs} is the number of
4356arguments to pass and @var{args} an array containing the argument
4357values. @var{struct_return} is non-zero (true) if the function returns
4358a structure, and if so @var{struct_addr} is the address in which the
4359structure should be returned.
4360
4361 After calling this function, @value{GDBN} will pass control to the
4362target at the address of the function, which will find the stack and
4363registers set up just as expected.
4364
4365The default value of this function is @code{NULL} (undefined). If the
4366function is not defined, then @value{GDBN} will not allow the user to
4367call functions within the target being debugged.
4368
4369@end deftypefn
4370
4371@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct frame_id} unwind_dummy_id (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4372
4373This is the inverse of @code{push_dummy_call} which restores the stack
4374pointer and program counter after a call to evaluate a function using
4375a dummy stack frame. The result is a @code{@w{struct frame_id}}, which
4376contains the value of the stack pointer and program counter to be
4377used.
4378
4379The NEXT frame pointer is provided as argument,
4380@var{next_frame}. THIS frame is the frame of the dummy function,
4381which can be unwound, to yield the required stack pointer and program
4382counter from the PREVIOUS frame.
4383
4384The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined). If @code{push_dummy_call} is
4385defined, then this function should also be defined.
c906108c 4386
587afa38
EZ
4387@end deftypefn
4388
4389@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR push_dummy_code (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{sp}, CORE_ADDR @var{funaddr}, struct value **@var{args}, int @var{nargs}, struct type *@var{value_type}, CORE_ADDR *@var{real_pc}, CORE_ADDR *@var{bp_addr}, struct regcache *@var{regcache})
4390
4391If this function is not defined (its default value is @code{NULL}), a dummy
4392call will use the entry point of the currently loaded code on the
4393target as its return address. A temporary breakpoint will be set
4394there, so the location must be writable and have room for a
4395breakpoint.
c906108c 4396
587afa38
EZ
4397It is possible that this default is not suitable. It might not be
4398writable (in ROM possibly), or the ABI might require code to be
4399executed on return from a call to unwind the stack before the
4400breakpoint is encountered.
c906108c 4401
587afa38
EZ
4402If either of these is the case, then push_dummy_code should be defined
4403to push an instruction sequence onto the end of the stack to which the
4404dummy call should return.
4405
4406The arguments are essentially the same as those to
4407@code{push_dummy_call}. However the function is provided with the
4408type of the function result, @var{value_type}, @var{bp_addr} is used
4409to return a value (the address at which the breakpoint instruction
4410should be inserted) and @var{real pc} is used to specify the resume
4411address when starting the call sequence. The function should return
4412the updated innermost stack address.
4413
4414@quotation
4415@emph{Note:} This does require that code in the stack can be executed.
4416Some Harvard architectures may not allow this.
4417@end quotation
4418
4419@end deftypefn
4420
b39f4988
JB
4421@node Adding support for debugging core files
4422@section Adding support for debugging core files
4423@cindex core files
4424
4425The prerequisite for adding core file support in @value{GDBN} is to have
4426core file support in BFD.
4427
4428Once BFD support is available, writing the apropriate
4429@code{regset_from_core_section} architecture function should be all
4430that is needed in order to add support for core files in @value{GDBN}.
4431
587afa38
EZ
4432@node Defining Other Architecture Features
4433@section Defining Other Architecture Features
4434
4435This section describes other functions and values in @code{gdbarch},
4436together with some useful macros, that you can use to define the
4437target architecture.
c906108c
SS
4438
4439@table @code
4440
4a9bb1df
UW
4441@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
4442@findex gdbarch_addr_bits_remove
adf40b2e 4443If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
4a9bb1df
UW
4444really part of the address, then this function is used to zero those bits in
4445@var{addr}. This is only used for addresses of instructions, and even then not
4446in all contexts.
adf40b2e
JM
4447
4448For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
44492.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
4450instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
4451boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
4a9bb1df
UW
4452address of the instruction. @code{gdbarch_addr_bits_remove} would then for
4453example look like that:
4454@smallexample
4455arch_addr_bits_remove (CORE_ADDR addr)
4456@{
4457 return (addr &= ~0x3);
4458@}
4459@end smallexample
c906108c 4460
4a9bb1df
UW
4461@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
4462@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
4463If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
4464referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
4465and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
4466return 0.
4467
4468The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
4469@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
4470possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
4471@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4472
4a9bb1df
UW
4473@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
4474@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags_p
4475Predicate which indicates whether @code{address_class_name_to_type_flags}
b5b0480a
KB
4476has been defined.
4477
4a9bb1df
UW
4478@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
4479@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
4480Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
4481the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
4482used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
4483returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
4484@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
4485values or'd together.
4486@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4487
4a9bb1df
UW
4488@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
4489@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p
4490Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p} has
b5b0480a
KB
4491been defined.
4492
4a9bb1df
UW
4493@item const char *gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type_flags})
4494@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name
b5b0480a
KB
4495Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
4496flags given by @var{type_flags}.
4497
4a9bb1df
UW
4498@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p (@var{gdbarch})
4499@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p
4500Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name} has been defined.
b5b0480a
KB
4501@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4502
4a9bb1df
UW
4503@item void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
4504@findex gdbarch_address_to_pointer
93e79dbd
JB
4505Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
4506@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
4a9bb1df 4507This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 4508C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
4509@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
4510
4a9bb1df
UW
4511@item int gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion (@var{gdbarch})
4512@findex gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion
4513Used to notify if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
56caf160
EZ
4514parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
4515original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 4516
32c9a795
MD
4517@item gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch})
4518@findex gdbarch_bits_big_endian
4519This is used if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match
587afa38 4520the endianism of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 4521are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c 4522
32c9a795
MD
4523@item set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bits_big_endian})
4524@findex set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian
4525Calling set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian with a value of 1 indicates that the
4526bits in the target are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 indicates
4527little-endian.
4528
c906108c 4529@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 4530@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
4531This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
4532memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
4533instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
4534pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
4535longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
4536
56caf160 4537@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
4a9bb1df 4538@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 4539
c906108c 4540@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
4541@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
4542@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
4543@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
4544Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
4545
56caf160 4546@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
4a9bb1df 4547favor of @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 4548
4a9bb1df
UW
4549@item const gdb_byte *gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
4550@findex gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc
4551@anchor{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} Use the program counter to determine the
2dd0da42 4552contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
a655d424 4553a static string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
2dd0da42
AC
4554length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
4555counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
a655d424
JK
4556breakpoint should be inserted. May return @code{NULL} to indicate that
4557software breakpoints are not supported.
c906108c
SS
4558
4559Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
4560not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
4561instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
4562instruction of the architecture.
4563
a655d424
JK
4564Provided breakpoint bytes can be also used by @code{bp_loc_is_permanent} to
4565detect permanent breakpoints. @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} should return
4566an unchanged memory copy if it was called for a location with permanent
4567breakpoint as some architectures use breakpoint instructions containing
4568arbitrary parameter value.
4569
7a292a7a
SS
4570Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
4571
4a9bb1df
UW
4572@item int gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
4573@itemx gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
4574@findex gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint
4575@findex gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint
917317f4
JM
4576Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
4577(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
4578@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
4a9bb1df
UW
4579provided so that it is not necessary to set these for most
4580architectures. Architectures which may want to set
4581@code{gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint} and @code{gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint} will likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
917317f4
JM
4582conventional manner.
4583
4584It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
4585custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
4a9bb1df 4586@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
4587reason.
4588
4a9bb1df
UW
4589@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bpaddr})
4590@findex gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address
1485d690
KB
4591@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
4592Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
4593address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
4594breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
4595
4596The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
4597The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
4598instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
4599instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
4600one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
4601in parallel.
4602
4603In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
4604from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
4605information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
4606refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
4607if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
4608statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
4609instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
4610(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
4611in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
4612at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
4613
4a9bb1df 4614The FR-V's @code{gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address} method will adjust a
1485d690
KB
4615breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
4616the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
4617
4618Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
4619expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
4620is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
4621
4a9bb1df
UW
4622@item int gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})
4623@findex gdbarch_call_dummy_location
56caf160 4624See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 4625
4a9bb1df
UW
4626This method has been replaced by @code{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}
4627(@pxref{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}).
7043d8dc 4628
4a9bb1df
UW
4629@item int gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regum})
4630@findex gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register
4631This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
a53f55d8 4632from an inferior process.
c906108c 4633
4a9bb1df
UW
4634@item int gdbarch_cannot_store_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum})
4635@findex gdbarch_cannot_store_register
4636This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
c906108c 4637written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
4a9bb1df
UW
4638status words, and other special registers. This function returns 0 as
4639default so that @value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c 4640
4a9bb1df
UW
4641@item int gdbarch_convert_register_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type})
4642@findex gdbarch_convert_register_p
83acabca
DJ
4643Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} represents data values of type
4644@var{type} in a non-standard form.
13d01224
AC
4645@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
4646
a53f55d8
PA
4647@item int gdbarch_fp0_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4648@findex gdbarch_fp0_regnum
4649This function returns the number of the first floating point register,
4650if the machine has such registers. Otherwise, it returns -1.
4651
4a9bb1df
UW
4652@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break (@var{gdbarch})
4653@findex gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break
4654This function shall return the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
c906108c 4655program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 4656@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 4657
56caf160
EZ
4658@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
4659@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
4660If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
4661library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
4662
4a9bb1df
UW
4663@item int gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{dwarf2_regnr})
4664@findex gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum
4665Convert DWARF2 register number @var{dwarf2_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum.
4666If not defined, no conversion will be performed.
0dcedd82 4667
4a9bb1df
UW
4668@item int gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{ecoff_regnr})
4669@findex gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum
4670Convert ECOFF register number @var{ecoff_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum. If
4671not defined, no conversion will be performed.
c906108c 4672
c906108c 4673@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
4674@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4675@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4676@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4677If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
4678look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
4679are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
4680respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 4681
4a9bb1df
UW
4682@item gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
4683@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
1f70da6a
SS
4684This function determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp}
4685will jump to, assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp}
4686breakpoint. It takes a @code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the
4687target PC value through this pointer. It examines the current state
4688of the machine as needed, typically by using a manually-determined
587afa38 4689offset into the @code{jmp_buf}. (While we might like to get the offset
1f70da6a
SS
4690from the target's @file{jmpbuf.h}, that header file cannot be assumed
4691to be available when building a cross-debugger.)
c906108c 4692
268e2188
AC
4693@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
4694@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
4695Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 4696conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
1f70da6a 4697feature-specific macros. It was introduced in haste and we are
c906108c
SS
4698repenting at leisure.
4699
9742079a
EZ
4700@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4701An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4702support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4703
4a9bb1df 4704@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
9e5abb06 4705@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
4a9bb1df 4706Returns non-zero if the given @var{addr} is in the epilogue of a function.
9e5abb06
CV
4707The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
4708the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
4709final `return from function call' instruction.
4710
4a9bb1df
UW
4711@item int gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{name})
4712@findex gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline
4713Define this function to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
c906108c
SS
4714trampoline that returns from a shared library.
4715
cfd8ab24
SS
4716@item target_so_ops.in_dynsym_resolve_code (@var{pc})
4717@findex in_dynsym_resolve_code
4a9bb1df 4718Define this to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
d4f3574e
SS
4719dynamic linker.
4720
56caf160
EZ
4721@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
4722@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
4723Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
4724should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
4725function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
4726to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
4727stepping will suffice.
4728
4a9bb1df
UW
4729@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_integer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
4730@findex gdbarch_integer_to_address
fc0c74b1
AC
4731@cindex converting integers to addresses
4732Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
4733conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
4734the current architectures conventions.
4735
4736@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
4737their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
4738@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
4739computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
4740major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
4741other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
4742conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
4743out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
4744to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
4745disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
4a9bb1df 4746method like @code{gdbarch_integer_to_address} certainly makes it possible for
fc0c74b1
AC
4747@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
4748
4749@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
4750Addresses}.
4751
4a9bb1df
UW
4752@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
4753@findex gdbarch_pointer_to_address
93e79dbd
JB
4754Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
4755appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
4756address the pointer refers to.
4757@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
4758
4a9bb1df
UW
4759@item void gdbarch_register_to_value(@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{fur})
4760@findex gdbarch_register_to_value
13d01224
AC
4761Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
4762@var{type}.
4281a42e 4763@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 4764
9fb4dd36 4765@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 4766@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 4767Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 4768form.
13d01224 4769@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
4770
4771@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 4772@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 4773Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 4774form.
13d01224 4775@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 4776
0ab4b752
MK
4777@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
4778@findex regset_from_core_section
4779Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
4780@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
4781
b0ed3589 4782@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 4783@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 4784Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 4785mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 4786
d3e8051b 4787@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breakpoints_p})
56caf160
EZ
4788@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
4789A function that inserts or removes (depending on
d3e8051b 4790@var{insert_breakpoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
587afa38 4791the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
4792for examples.
4793
e35879db
UW
4794@item set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (@var{gdbarch}, @var{set})
4795@findex set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing
4796Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
4797debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
4798them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
4799address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
4800linking faster.
4801
4802Calling @code{set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing} with a non-zero
4803argument @var{set} indicates that a particular set of hacks of this sort
4804are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN} entries in stabs-format
4805debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark the beginning and ending
4806addresses of compilation units in the text segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs
4807mark the starts and ends of functions.
4808
4809In this case, @value{GDBN} assumes two things:
4810
4811@itemize @bullet
4812@item
4813@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead of using those
4814addresses, you should find the address where the function starts by
4815taking the function name from the stab, and then looking that up in the
4816minsyms (the linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab
4817has the name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place
4818that carries the address.
4819
4820@item
4821@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
4822@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab, and
4823guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from them.
4824@end itemize
4825
4a9bb1df
UW
4826@item int gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
4827@findex gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr
4a9bb1df
UW
4828@anchor{gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this function to return
4829nonzero if a function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference
4830instead of value.
a38c9fe6 4831
4a9bb1df
UW
4832@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
4833@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_call
4a9bb1df
UW
4834@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
4835the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing @var{nargs}, the
4836code should push @var{struct_addr} (when @var{struct_return} is non-zero), and
4837the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 4838
86fe4aaa 4839@var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use
d4b6d575
RC
4840function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value.
4841
b24da7d0 4842Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8 4843
4a9bb1df
UW
4844@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{regcache})
4845@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_code
4846@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
7043d8dc
AC
4847instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
4848called function should return.
4849
4850Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
4851should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
4852the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
4853
4854By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
4855(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
4856reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
4857
1f70da6a 4858This method replaces @w{@code{gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})}}.
7043d8dc 4859
4a9bb1df
UW
4860@item int gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sdb_regnr})
4861@findex gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum
4862Use this function to convert sdb register @var{sdb_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
4863regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
c906108c 4864
963e2bb7 4865@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
4866@findex gdbarch_return_value
4867@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
4868type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
4869would use.
4870
4871@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
4872@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
4873in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
4874value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
4875passed in as the function's first parameter.
4876
963e2bb7
AC
4877If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
4878non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
4879@var{regcache}.
4880
963e2bb7 4881If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 4882non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 4883@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
4884just returned function).
4885
92ad9cd9
AC
4886@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
4887store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
4888the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
4889@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
4890instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
4891return-value extract and store.}
4892
4893@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
4894parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
4895that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
4896then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
d3e8051b 4897@var{function} should be pursued.}
92ad9cd9
AC
4898
4899@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
4900to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
4901@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
4902limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
4903
4a9bb1df
UW
4904@item void gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache})
4905@findex gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint
25822942 4906Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
4907steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
4908re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
4909hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
4a9bb1df
UW
4910doesn't work. Calling @code{gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint} adjusts the
4911processor's state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint.
4912This function does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
c2c6d25f
JM
4913of a branch or jump.
4914
4a9bb1df
UW
4915@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{pc})
4916@findex gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code
c906108c 4917If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
4a9bb1df 4918the functions being called, then define this function to return a new PC
c906108c
SS
4919that is at the start of the real function.
4920
1f70da6a
SS
4921@item int gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4922@findex gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum
4923If the frame pointer is in a register, use this function to return the
4924number of that register.
4925
4a9bb1df
UW
4926@item int gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{stab_regnr})
4927@findex gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum
4928Use this function to convert stab register @var{stab_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
4929regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
4930
c906108c 4931@item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
4932@findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
4933The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in
c906108c
SS
4934current sources.)
4935
c906108c 4936@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 4937@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
4938Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
4939
4a9bb1df
UW
4940@item int gdbarch_char_signed (@var{gdbarch})
4941@findex gdbarch_char_signed
c3d3ce5b
JB
4942Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
4943it should be unsigned.
4944
4945The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
4946equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
4947character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
4948Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
4949on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
4950
4a9bb1df
UW
4951@item int gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4952@findex gdbarch_double_bit
4953Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @w{@code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4954
4a9bb1df
UW
4955@item int gdbarch_float_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4956@findex gdbarch_float_bit
4957Number of bits in a float; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
ac9a91a7 4958
4a9bb1df
UW
4959@item int gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4960@findex gdbarch_int_bit
4961Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4962
4a9bb1df
UW
4963@item int gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4964@findex gdbarch_long_bit
4965Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4966
4a9bb1df
UW
4967@item int gdbarch_long_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4968@findex gdbarch_long_double_bit
c906108c 4969Number of bits in a long double float;
4a9bb1df
UW
4970defaults to @w{@code{2 * gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4971
4972@item int gdbarch_long_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4973@findex gdbarch_long_long_bit
4974Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to
4975@w{@code{2 * gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4976
4977@item int gdbarch_ptr_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4978@findex gdbarch_ptr_bit
4979Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to
4980@w{@code{gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4981
4982@item int gdbarch_short_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4983@findex gdbarch_short_bit
4984Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @w{@code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
4985
4a9bb1df
UW
4986@item void gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{frame_regnum}, @var{frame_offset})
4987@findex gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer
1f70da6a
SS
4988Returns a @code{(@var{register}, @var{offset})} pair representing the virtual
4989frame pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame
4990pointers are not used, a default definition simply returns
4991@code{gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum} (or @code{gdbarch_sp_regnum}, if
4992no frame pointer is defined), with an offset of zero.
4993
587afa38
EZ
4994@c need to explain virtual frame pointers, they are recorded in agent
4995@c expressions for tracepoints
c906108c 4996
9742079a
EZ
4997@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
4998If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
4999watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
5000other related macros.
5001
4a9bb1df
UW
5002@item int gdbarch_print_insn (@var{gdbarch}, @var{vma}, @var{info})
5003@findex gdbarch_print_insn
7ccaa899 5004This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
4a9bb1df 5005instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{vma} in
1f70da6a
SS
5006debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes.
5007This usually points to a function in the @code{opcodes} library
5008(@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}). @var{info} is a structure (of
5009type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in the header file
5010@file{include/dis-asm.h}, and used to pass information to the
5011instruction decoding routine.
7ccaa899 5012
669fac23
DJ
5013@item frame_id gdbarch_dummy_id (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame})
5014@findex gdbarch_dummy_id
5015@anchor{gdbarch_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @w{@code{struct
4a9bb1df 5016frame_id}} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0 5017frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
669fac23 5018previously saved by @code{call_function_by_hand}.
6314f104 5019
4a9bb1df
UW
5020@item void gdbarch_value_to_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
5021@findex gdbarch_value_to_register
5022Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of a register.
13d01224
AC
5023@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
5024
c906108c
SS
5025@end table
5026
5027Motorola M68K target conditionals.
5028
56caf160 5029@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
5030@item BPT_VECTOR
5031Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
5032not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
5033
5034@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
5035Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1 5036
56caf160 5037@end ftable
c906108c 5038
b6fd0dfb 5039@node Adding a New Target
c906108c
SS
5040@section Adding a New Target
5041
56caf160 5042@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 5043The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
5044
5045@table @file
f0323ca0 5046@cindex target dependent files
c906108c 5047
c906108c
SS
5048@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
5049Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
1f70da6a 5050some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c 5051
af6c57ea
AC
5052@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
5053@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
1f70da6a
SS
5054This is required to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
5055processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). It can be shared among many
5056targets that use the same processor architecture.
af6c57ea 5057
c906108c
SS
5058@end table
5059
1f70da6a
SS
5060(Target header files such as
5061@file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h},
5062@file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h}, and
5063@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} are no longer used.)
c906108c 5064
587afa38
EZ
5065@findex _initialize_@var{arch}_tdep
5066A @value{GDBN} description for a new architecture, arch is created by
5067defining a global function @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep}, by
5068convention in the source file @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}. For
5069example, in the case of the OpenRISC 1000, this function is called
5070@code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} and is found in the file
5071@file{or1k-tdep.c}.
5072
5073The object file resulting from compiling this source file, which will
5074contain the implementation of the
5075@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function is specified in the
5076@value{GDBN} @file{configure.tgt} file, which includes a large case
5077statement pattern matching against the @code{--target} option of the
5078@kbd{configure} script.
5079
5080@quotation
5081@emph{Note:} If the architecture requires multiple source files, the
5082corresponding binaries should be included in
5083@file{configure.tgt}. However if there are header files, the
5084dependencies on these will not be picked up from the entries in
5085@file{configure.tgt}. The @file{Makefile.in} file will need extending to
5086show these dependencies.
5087@end quotation
5088
5089@findex gdbarch_register
5090A new struct gdbarch, defining the new architecture, is created within
5091the @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function by calling
5092@code{gdbarch_register}:
5093
5094@smallexample
5095void gdbarch_register (enum bfd_architecture architecture,
5096 gdbarch_init_ftype *init_func,
5097 gdbarch_dump_tdep_ftype *tdep_dump_func);
5098@end smallexample
5099
5100This function has been described fully in an earlier
5101section. @xref{How an Architecture is Represented, , How an
5102Architecture is Represented}.
5103
5104The new @code{@w{struct gdbarch}} should contain implementations of
5105the necessary functions (described in the previous sections) to
5106describe the basic layout of the target machine's processor chip
5107(registers, stack, etc.). It can be shared among many targets that use
5108the same processor architecture.
5109
123dc839
DJ
5110@node Target Descriptions
5111@chapter Target Descriptions
5112@cindex target descriptions
5113
5114The target architecture definition (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition})
5115contains @value{GDBN}'s hard-coded knowledge about an architecture. For
5116some platforms, it is handy to have more flexible knowledge about a specific
5117instance of the architecture---for instance, a processor or development board.
5118@dfn{Target descriptions} provide a mechanism for the user to tell @value{GDBN}
5119more about what their target supports, or for the target to tell @value{GDBN}
5120directly.
5121
5122For details on writing, automatically supplying, and manually selecting
5123target descriptions, see @ref{Target Descriptions, , , gdb,
5124Debugging with @value{GDBN}}. This section will cover some related
5125topics about the @value{GDBN} internals.
5126
5127@menu
5128* Target Descriptions Implementation::
5129* Adding Target Described Register Support::
5130@end menu
5131
5132@node Target Descriptions Implementation
5133@section Target Descriptions Implementation
5134@cindex target descriptions, implementation
5135
5136Before @value{GDBN} connects to a new target, or runs a new program on
5137an existing target, it discards any existing target description and
5138reverts to a default gdbarch. Then, after connecting, it looks for a
5139new target description by calling @code{target_find_description}.
5140
5141A description may come from a user specified file (XML), the remote
5142@samp{qXfer:features:read} packet (also XML), or from any custom
5143@code{to_read_description} routine in the target vector. For instance,
5144the remote target supports guessing whether a MIPS target is 32-bit or
514564-bit based on the size of the @samp{g} packet.
5146
5147If any target description is found, @value{GDBN} creates a new gdbarch
5148incorporating the description by calling @code{gdbarch_update_p}. Any
5149@samp{<architecture>} element is handled first, to determine which
5150architecture's gdbarch initialization routine is called to create the
5151new architecture. Then the initialization routine is called, and has
5152a chance to adjust the constructed architecture based on the contents
5153of the target description. For instance, it can recognize any
5154properties set by a @code{to_read_description} routine. Also
5155see @ref{Adding Target Described Register Support}.
5156
5157@node Adding Target Described Register Support
5158@section Adding Target Described Register Support
5159@cindex target descriptions, adding register support
5160
5161Target descriptions can report additional registers specific to an
5162instance of the target. But it takes a little work in the architecture
5163specific routines to support this.
5164
5165A target description must either have no registers or a complete
5166set---this avoids complexity in trying to merge standard registers
5167with the target defined registers. It is the architecture's
5168responsibility to validate that a description with registers has
5169everything it needs. To keep architecture code simple, the same
5170mechanism is used to assign fixed internal register numbers to
5171standard registers.
5172
5173If @code{tdesc_has_registers} returns 1, the description contains
5174registers. The architecture's @code{gdbarch_init} routine should:
5175
5176@itemize @bullet
5177
5178@item
5179Call @code{tdesc_data_alloc} to allocate storage, early, before
5180searching for a matching gdbarch or allocating a new one.
5181
5182@item
5183Use @code{tdesc_find_feature} to locate standard features by name.
5184
5185@item
5186Use @code{tdesc_numbered_register} and @code{tdesc_numbered_register_choices}
5187to locate the expected registers in the standard features.
5188
5189@item
5190Return @code{NULL} if a required feature is missing, or if any standard
5191feature is missing expected registers. This will produce a warning that
5192the description was incomplete.
5193
5194@item
5195Free the allocated data before returning, unless @code{tdesc_use_registers}
5196is called.
5197
5198@item
5199Call @code{set_gdbarch_num_regs} as usual, with a number higher than any
5200fixed number passed to @code{tdesc_numbered_register}.
5201
5202@item
5203Call @code{tdesc_use_registers} after creating a new gdbarch, before
5204returning it.
5205
5206@end itemize
5207
5208After @code{tdesc_use_registers} has been called, the architecture's
5209@code{register_name}, @code{register_type}, and @code{register_reggroup_p}
5210routines will not be called; that information will be taken from
5211the target description. @code{num_regs} may be increased to account
5212for any additional registers in the description.
5213
5214Pseudo-registers require some extra care:
5215
5216@itemize @bullet
5217
5218@item
5219Using @code{tdesc_numbered_register} allows the architecture to give
5220constant register numbers to standard architectural registers, e.g.@:
5221as an @code{enum} in @file{@var{arch}-tdep.h}. But because
5222pseudo-registers are always numbered above @code{num_regs},
5223which may be increased by the description, constant numbers
5224can not be used for pseudos. They must be numbered relative to
5225@code{num_regs} instead.
5226
5227@item
5228The description will not describe pseudo-registers, so the
5229architecture must call @code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_name},
5230@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_type}, and
5231@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_reggroup_p} to supply routines
5232describing pseudo registers. These routines will be passed
5233internal register numbers, so the same routines used for the
5234gdbarch equivalents are usually suitable.
5235
5236@end itemize
5237
5238
c906108c
SS
5239@node Target Vector Definition
5240
5241@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 5242@cindex target vector
c906108c 5243
56caf160
EZ
5244The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
5245abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
5246actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
5247@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
5248each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c 5249
52bb452f
DJ
5250@menu
5251* Managing Execution State::
5252* Existing Targets::
5253@end menu
5254
5255@node Managing Execution State
5256@section Managing Execution State
5257@cindex execution state
5258
5259A target vector can be completely inactive (not pushed on the target
5260stack), active but not running (pushed, but not connected to a fully
5261manifested inferior), or completely active (pushed, with an accessible
5262inferior). Most targets are only completely inactive or completely
d3e8051b 5263active, but some support persistent connections to a target even
52bb452f
DJ
5264when the target has exited or not yet started.
5265
5266For example, connecting to the simulator using @code{target sim} does
5267not create a running program. Neither registers nor memory are
5268accessible until @code{run}. Similarly, after @code{kill}, the
5269program can not continue executing. But in both cases @value{GDBN}
5270remains connected to the simulator, and target-specific commands
5271are directed to the simulator.
5272
5273A target which only supports complete activation should push itself
5274onto the stack in its @code{to_open} routine (by calling
5275@code{push_target}), and unpush itself from the stack in its
5276@code{to_mourn_inferior} routine (by calling @code{unpush_target}).
5277
5278A target which supports both partial and complete activation should
5279still call @code{push_target} in @code{to_open}, but not call
5280@code{unpush_target} in @code{to_mourn_inferior}. Instead, it should
5281call either @code{target_mark_running} or @code{target_mark_exited}
5282in its @code{to_open}, depending on whether the target is fully active
5283after connection. It should also call @code{target_mark_running} any
5284time the inferior becomes fully active (e.g.@: in
5285@code{to_create_inferior} and @code{to_attach}), and
5286@code{target_mark_exited} when the inferior becomes inactive (in
5287@code{to_mourn_inferior}). The target should also make sure to call
5288@code{target_mourn_inferior} from its @code{to_kill}, to return the
5289target to inactive state.
5290
5291@node Existing Targets
5292@section Existing Targets
5293@cindex targets
5294
5295@subsection File Targets
c906108c
SS
5296
5297Both executables and core files have target vectors.
5298
52bb452f 5299@subsection Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
c906108c 5300
587afa38
EZ
5301@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code that
5302runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
56caf160 5303@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
587afa38 5304systems for this purpose; they are named @file{@var{cpu}-stub.c}. Many
1f70da6a 5305operating systems, embedded targets, emulators, and simulators already
587afa38 5306have a @value{GDBN} stub built into them, and maintenance of the remote
1f70da6a 5307protocol must be careful to preserve compatibility.
c906108c 5308
56caf160
EZ
5309The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
5310your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
5311SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
5312program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
5313
5314The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 5315@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
5316
5317@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
5318@item
5319%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 5320
56caf160
EZ
5321@item
5322traps are disabled;
c906108c 5323
56caf160
EZ
5324@item
5325you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
5326@end enumerate
5327
5328As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 5329is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
5330The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
5331hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
5332which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 5333set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
5334first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
5335
5336For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 5337``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
5338and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
5339controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
5340trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
5341do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
5342of the debugger/stub.
5343
5344From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 5345They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 5346
52bb452f 5347@subsection ROM Monitor Interface
c906108c 5348
52bb452f 5349@subsection Custom Protocols
c906108c 5350
52bb452f 5351@subsection Transport Layer
c906108c 5352
52bb452f 5353@subsection Builtin Simulator
c906108c
SS
5354
5355
5356@node Native Debugging
5357
5358@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 5359@cindex native debugging
c906108c 5360
25822942 5361Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
5362
5363@table @file
56caf160 5364@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 5365@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 5366Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
5367machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
5368native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
5369Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
5370@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
5371define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
3d0bb823 5372@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, @samp{NAT_GENERATED_FILES}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 5373
7fd60527
AC
5374@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
5375originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
5376on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 5377purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
5378eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
5379suffix.}
5380
c906108c 5381@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 5382(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
5383macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
5384child process control and core file support.
5385
5386@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
5387Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
5388this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
5389@end table
5390
5391There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
5392various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
5393defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
5394the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
5395@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
5396
5397Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
5398to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 5399Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
5400into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
5401
5402@table @file
c906108c
SS
5403@item inftarg.c
5404This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
5405processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
5406
5407@item procfs.c
5408This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
5409processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
5410
5411@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
5412This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
5413and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
5414
5415@item infptrace.c
5416This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
5417the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
5418@end table
5419
c906108c
SS
5420@section ptrace
5421
5422@section /proc
5423
5424@section win32
5425
5426@section shared libraries
5427
5428@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 5429@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 5430
56caf160
EZ
5431When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
5432defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
5433target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
5434undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c 5435
1f6d4158
AC
5436@table @code
5437
9742079a
EZ
5438@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
5439An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
5440support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
5441
990f9fe3 5442@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 5443@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 5444Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
587afa38 5445@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
990f9fe3
FF
5446@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
5447processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
5448
5449@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 5450@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
5451Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
5452want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
5453
5454@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
5455@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
5456When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
5457twice; once when
c906108c
SS
5458the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
5459number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
5460expand into the number expected.
5461
c906108c
SS
5462@end table
5463
c906108c
SS
5464@node Support Libraries
5465
5466@chapter Support Libraries
5467
5468@section BFD
56caf160 5469@cindex BFD library
c906108c 5470
25822942 5471BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
5472
5473@table @emph
c906108c
SS
5474@item identifying executable and core files
5475BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
5476several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
5477
5478@item access to sections of files
5479BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
5480sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
5481(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
5482calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
5483length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
5484
5485@item specialized core file support
5486BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
5487core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 5488file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
5489file.
5490
5491@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
5492@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
5493symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 5494handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 5495symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 5496string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
5497@end table
5498
5499@section opcodes
56caf160 5500@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 5501
25822942 5502The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
5503library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
5504
5505@section readline
86f04699
EZ
5506@cindex readline library
5507The @code{readline} library provides a set of functions for use by applications
5508that allow users to edit command lines as they are typed in.
c906108c
SS
5509
5510@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
5511@cindex @code{libiberty} library
5512
5513The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
5514that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
5515systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
5516groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
5517environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
5518a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
5519functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
5520beyond standard functions).
5521
5522@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
5523library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
5524floating format support functions, the input options parser
5525@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
5526
5527@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
5528@cindex @code{obstacks}
5529
5530The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
5531chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
5532like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
5533allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
d3e8051b 5534@code{libiberty}'s documentation for a more detailed explanation of
1eb288ea
EZ
5535@code{obstacks}).
5536
5537The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
5538object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
5539representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
5540these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
5541symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
5542fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
d3e8051b 5543offset lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
1eb288ea
EZ
5544string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
5545information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
5546unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
5547various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
5548names of types.
5549
5550An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
5551that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
d3e8051b 5552various times during a debugging session, but it is released all at
1eb288ea
EZ
5553once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
5554function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
5555deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
5556start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
5557@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
5558obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
5559happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
5560is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
5561obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
5562@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
5563else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
5564use temporary @code{obstacks}.
5565
5566Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
5567under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
5568longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
5569when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
5570new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
5571
5572@section gnu-regex
56caf160 5573@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
5574
5575Regex conditionals.
5576
5577@table @code
c906108c
SS
5578@item C_ALLOCA
5579
5580@item NFAILURES
5581
5582@item RE_NREGS
5583
5584@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
5585
5586@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
5587
5588@item SYNTAX_TABLE
5589
5590@item Sword
5591
5592@item sparc
c906108c
SS
5593@end table
5594
350da6ee
DJ
5595@section Array Containers
5596@cindex Array Containers
5597@cindex VEC
5598
5599Often it is necessary to manipulate a dynamic array of a set of
5600objects. C forces some bookkeeping on this, which can get cumbersome
d3e8051b 5601and repetitive. The @file{vec.h} file contains macros for defining
350da6ee
DJ
5602and using a typesafe vector type. The functions defined will be
5603inlined when compiling, and so the abstraction cost should be zero.
5604Domain checks are added to detect programming errors.
5605
5606An example use would be an array of symbols or section information.
5607The array can be grown as symbols are read in (or preallocated), and
5608the accessor macros provided keep care of all the necessary
5609bookkeeping. Because the arrays are type safe, there is no danger of
5610accidentally mixing up the contents. Think of these as C++ templates,
5611but implemented in C.
5612
5613Because of the different behavior of structure objects, scalar objects
5614and of pointers, there are three flavors of vector, one for each of
5615these variants. Both the structure object and pointer variants pass
5616pointers to objects around --- in the former case the pointers are
5617stored into the vector and in the latter case the pointers are
5618dereferenced and the objects copied into the vector. The scalar
5619object variant is suitable for @code{int}-like objects, and the vector
5620elements are returned by value.
5621
5622There are both @code{index} and @code{iterate} accessors. The iterator
5623returns a boolean iteration condition and updates the iteration
5624variable passed by reference. Because the iterator will be inlined,
5625the address-of can be optimized away.
5626
5627The vectors are implemented using the trailing array idiom, thus they
5628are not resizeable without changing the address of the vector object
5629itself. This means you cannot have variables or fields of vector type
5630--- always use a pointer to a vector. The one exception is the final
5631field of a structure, which could be a vector type. You will have to
5632use the @code{embedded_size} & @code{embedded_init} calls to create
5633such objects, and they will probably not be resizeable (so don't use
5634the @dfn{safe} allocation variants). The trailing array idiom is used
5635(rather than a pointer to an array of data), because, if we allow
5636@code{NULL} to also represent an empty vector, empty vectors occupy
5637minimal space in the structure containing them.
5638
5639Each operation that increases the number of active elements is
5640available in @dfn{quick} and @dfn{safe} variants. The former presumes
5641that there is sufficient allocated space for the operation to succeed
5642(it dies if there is not). The latter will reallocate the vector, if
5643needed. Reallocation causes an exponential increase in vector size.
5644If you know you will be adding N elements, it would be more efficient
5645to use the reserve operation before adding the elements with the
5646@dfn{quick} operation. This will ensure there are at least as many
5647elements as you ask for, it will exponentially increase if there are
5648too few spare slots. If you want reserve a specific number of slots,
5649but do not want the exponential increase (for instance, you know this
5650is the last allocation), use a negative number for reservation. You
5651can also create a vector of a specific size from the get go.
5652
5653You should prefer the push and pop operations, as they append and
587afa38 5654remove from the end of the vector. If you need to remove several items
350da6ee
DJ
5655in one go, use the truncate operation. The insert and remove
5656operations allow you to change elements in the middle of the vector.
5657There are two remove operations, one which preserves the element
5658ordering @code{ordered_remove}, and one which does not
5659@code{unordered_remove}. The latter function copies the end element
5660into the removed slot, rather than invoke a memmove operation. The
5661@code{lower_bound} function will determine where to place an item in
5662the array using insert that will maintain sorted order.
5663
5664If you need to directly manipulate a vector, then the @code{address}
5665accessor will return the address of the start of the vector. Also the
5666@code{space} predicate will tell you whether there is spare capacity in the
5667vector. You will not normally need to use these two functions.
5668
5669Vector types are defined using a
5670@code{DEF_VEC_@{O,P,I@}(@var{typename})} macro. Variables of vector
5671type are declared using a @code{VEC(@var{typename})} macro. The
5672characters @code{O}, @code{P} and @code{I} indicate whether
5673@var{typename} is an object (@code{O}), pointer (@code{P}) or integral
5674(@code{I}) type. Be careful to pick the correct one, as you'll get an
5675awkward and inefficient API if you use the wrong one. There is a
5676check, which results in a compile-time warning, for the @code{P} and
5677@code{I} versions, but there is no check for the @code{O} versions, as
5678that is not possible in plain C.
5679
5680An example of their use would be,
5681
5682@smallexample
5683DEF_VEC_P(tree); // non-managed tree vector.
5684
5685struct my_struct @{
5686 VEC(tree) *v; // A (pointer to) a vector of tree pointers.
5687@};
5688
5689struct my_struct *s;
5690
5691if (VEC_length(tree, s->v)) @{ we have some contents @}
5692VEC_safe_push(tree, s->v, decl); // append some decl onto the end
5693for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(tree, s->v, ix, elt); ix++)
5694 @{ do something with elt @}
5695
5696@end smallexample
5697
5698The @file{vec.h} file provides details on how to invoke the various
5699accessors provided. They are enumerated here:
5700
5701@table @code
5702@item VEC_length
5703Return the number of items in the array,
5704
5705@item VEC_empty
5706Return true if the array has no elements.
5707
5708@item VEC_last
5709@itemx VEC_index
5710Return the last or arbitrary item in the array.
5711
5712@item VEC_iterate
5713Access an array element and indicate whether the array has been
5714traversed.
5715
5716@item VEC_alloc
5717@itemx VEC_free
5718Create and destroy an array.
5719
5720@item VEC_embedded_size
5721@itemx VEC_embedded_init
5722Helpers for embedding an array as the final element of another struct.
5723
5724@item VEC_copy
5725Duplicate an array.
5726
5727@item VEC_space
5728Return the amount of free space in an array.
5729
5730@item VEC_reserve
5731Ensure a certain amount of free space.
5732
5733@item VEC_quick_push
5734@itemx VEC_safe_push
5735Append to an array, either assuming the space is available, or making
5736sure that it is.
5737
5738@item VEC_pop
5739Remove the last item from an array.
5740
5741@item VEC_truncate
5742Remove several items from the end of an array.
5743
5744@item VEC_safe_grow
5745Add several items to the end of an array.
5746
5747@item VEC_replace
5748Overwrite an item in the array.
5749
5750@item VEC_quick_insert
5751@itemx VEC_safe_insert
5752Insert an item into the middle of the array. Either the space must
5753already exist, or the space is created.
5754
5755@item VEC_ordered_remove
5756@itemx VEC_unordered_remove
5757Remove an item from the array, preserving order or not.
5758
5759@item VEC_block_remove
5760Remove a set of items from the array.
5761
5762@item VEC_address
5763Provide the address of the first element.
5764
5765@item VEC_lower_bound
5766Binary search the array.
5767
5768@end table
5769
c906108c
SS
5770@section include
5771
5772@node Coding
5773
5774@chapter Coding
5775
5776This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 5777algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
5778
5779@section Cleanups
56caf160 5780@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
5781
5782Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 5783later.
c906108c 5784
cc1cb004
AC
5785When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
5786@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
5787the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
5788cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
5789and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
5790is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
5791cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
5792created.
c906108c
SS
5793
5794Syntax:
5795
5796@table @code
c906108c
SS
5797@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
5798Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
5799
56caf160 5800@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
5801@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
5802Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
5803@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
5804handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
5805@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
5806@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
5807from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 5808
56caf160 5809@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 5810@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
5811Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
5812@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
5813
5814@findex discard_cleanups
5815@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
5816Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
5817the chain and does not call the specified functions.
5818@end table
5819
5820Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
5821@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
5822later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
5823performed). E.g.:
56caf160 5824
474c8240 5825@smallexample
c906108c 5826make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
5827@{
5828 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
5829 make_cleanup (c, 0)
5830 ...
5831 do_cleanups (old);
5832@}
474c8240 5833@end smallexample
56caf160 5834
c906108c 5835@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
5836will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
5837cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
5838be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
5839
5840Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
5841Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
5842will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
5843to two common cleanup styles.
5844
5845The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5846@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
5847code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
5848code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
5849called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
5850@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 5851
474c8240 5852@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5853struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5854data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
5855make_cleanup (xfree, data);
5856... blah blah ...
5857do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 5858@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5859
5860The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5861@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
5862any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
5863code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
5864an error:
5865
474c8240 5866@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5867FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
5868struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
5869... blah blah ...
5870discard_cleanups (old);
5871return file;
474c8240 5872@end smallexample
c906108c 5873
c1468174 5874Some functions, e.g., @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
c906108c
SS
5875that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
5876means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
5877interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
5878functions, since they might never return to your code (they
5879@samp{longjmp} instead).
5880
ba8c9337
AC
5881@section Per-architecture module data
5882@cindex per-architecture module data
5883@cindex multi-arch data
5884@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
5885
fc989b7a
AC
5886The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
5887specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
5888architecture object.
5889
5890A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
5891
587afa38 5892@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct gdbarch_data *} gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
fc989b7a
AC
5893@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
5894per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
5895in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
5896architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
5897and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
587afa38 5898@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 5899
587afa38 5900@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct gdbarch_data *} gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
fc989b7a
AC
5901@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
5902per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
5903always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
5904initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
5905per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
5906other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
5907create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
587afa38 5908@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 5909
fc989b7a
AC
5910These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
5911identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 5912
fc989b7a 5913The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 5914
587afa38 5915@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {void *} gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
fc989b7a
AC
5916Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
5917@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
5918or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
5919current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
5920pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
5921corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
587afa38 5922@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 5923
fc989b7a 5924The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
5925
5926@smallexample
e7f16015 5927struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 5928static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
5929@end smallexample
5930
fc989b7a
AC
5931A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
5932per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
5933per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
5934creation.
ba8c9337 5935
fc989b7a
AC
5936In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
5937architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
5938from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
5939
5940@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5941static void *
5942nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 5943@{
fc989b7a
AC
5944 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
5945 return data;
5946@}
ba8c9337
AC
5947@end smallexample
5948
ba8c9337 5949@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5950extern void
5951set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 5952@{
ba8c9337 5953 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 5954 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
5955@}
5956@end smallexample
5957
587afa38 5958A module can on-demand create architecture dependent data structures
fc989b7a 5959using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 5960
fc989b7a
AC
5961In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
5962@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
5963architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
5964
5965@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5966static void *
5967nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5968@{
fc989b7a
AC
5969 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
5970 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
5971 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
5972@}
5973@end smallexample
5974
5975@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5976extern int
5977nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5978@{
fc989b7a
AC
5979 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
5980 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
5981@}
5982@end smallexample
5983
c906108c 5984@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 5985@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 5986
56caf160 5987@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
5988Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
5989or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
5990added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
5991routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
5992exceeded.
5993
5994The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
5995printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
5996away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
5997@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
5998@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
5999return!
6000
56caf160 6001It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
6002space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
6003indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
6004the line wraps there.
6005
6006Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
6007finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 6008to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
6009print warnings are a good example.
6010
25822942 6011@section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards
56caf160 6012@cindex coding standards
c906108c 6013
25822942 6014@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
c906108c 6015@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
af6c57ea
AC
6016FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
6017of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
6018but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
c906108c 6019
56caf160
EZ
6020@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
6021@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
c906108c 6022
af6c57ea 6023
b9aa90c9 6024@subsection ISO C
af6c57ea 6025
b9aa90c9
AC
6026@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
6027compiler.
af6c57ea 6028
b9aa90c9 6029@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
af6c57ea
AC
6030
6031
6032@subsection Memory Management
6033
6034@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
6035@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
6036
6037@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
6038@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
6039these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
6040they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
6041@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
6042
6043@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
6044memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
6045behavior.}
6046
6047@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
6048
6049@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
6050memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
6051free a @code{NULL} pointer.
6052
6053@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
6054@code{NULL} pointer.}
6055
6056@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
6057allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
6058
6059@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
6060restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
6061
6062@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
b435e160 6063function @code{xstrprintf}.
af6c57ea
AC
6064
6065@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
6066functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
6067errors.}
6068
6069
6070@subsection Compiler Warnings
56caf160 6071@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea 6072
aa79a185
DJ
6073With few exceptions, developers should avoid the configuration option
6074@samp{--disable-werror} when building @value{GDBN}. The exceptions
6075are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}. The default, when
6076building with @sc{gcc}, is @samp{--enable-werror}.
af6c57ea
AC
6077
6078This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
6079with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
aa79a185 6080from those flags are treated as errors.
af6c57ea
AC
6081
6082The current list of warning flags includes:
6083
6084@table @samp
aa79a185
DJ
6085@item -Wall
6086Recommended @sc{gcc} warnings.
af6c57ea 6087
aa79a185 6088@item -Wdeclaration-after-statement
af6c57ea 6089
aa79a185
DJ
6090@sc{gcc} 3.x (and later) and @sc{c99} allow declarations mixed with
6091code, but @sc{gcc} 2.x and @sc{c89} do not.
af6c57ea 6092
aa79a185 6093@item -Wpointer-arith
af6c57ea 6094
aa79a185
DJ
6095@item -Wformat-nonliteral
6096Non-literal format strings, with a few exceptions, are bugs - they
d3e8051b 6097might contain unintended user-supplied format specifiers.
af6c57ea 6098Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
aa79a185 6099@code{printf} like functions this checks not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
6100but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
6101
7be93b9e
JB
6102@item -Wno-pointer-sign
6103In version 4.0, GCC began warning about pointer argument passing or
6104assignment even when the source and destination differed only in
6105signedness. However, most @value{GDBN} code doesn't distinguish
6106carefully between @code{char} and @code{unsigned char}. In early 2006
6107the @value{GDBN} developers decided correcting these warnings wasn't
6108worth the time it would take.
6109
aa79a185
DJ
6110@item -Wno-unused-parameter
6111Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented many functions have
6112unused parameters. Consequently this warning is avoided. The macro
af6c57ea
AC
6113@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
6114it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
aa79a185
DJ
6115is being used.
6116
6117@item -Wno-unused
6118@itemx -Wno-switch
58b38ee2 6119@itemx -Wno-char-subscripts
aa79a185
DJ
6120These are warnings which might be useful for @value{GDBN}, but are
6121currently too noisy to enable with @samp{-Werror}.
af6c57ea 6122
aa79a185 6123@end table
c906108c
SS
6124
6125@subsection Formatting
6126
56caf160 6127@cindex source code formatting
c906108c
SS
6128The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
6129strictly.
6130
af6c57ea
AC
6131A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
6132function definition should have its name in column zero.
6133
474c8240 6134@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6135/* Declaration */
6136static void foo (void);
6137/* Definition */
6138void
6139foo (void)
6140@{
6141@}
474c8240 6142@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6143
6144@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
6145be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
c906108c 6146
af6c57ea
AC
6147There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
6148parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
6149required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
6150or before a close paren/bracket.
c906108c
SS
6151
6152While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
6153more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
af6c57ea
AC
6154after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
6155whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
6156for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
6157
6158Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
6159
474c8240 6160@smallexample
af6c57ea 6161void *foo;
474c8240 6162@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6163
6164@noindent
6165and not:
6166
474c8240 6167@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6168void * foo;
6169void* foo;
474c8240 6170@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
6171
6172@subsection Comments
6173
56caf160 6174@cindex comment formatting
c906108c
SS
6175The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
6176
af6c57ea
AC
6177Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
6178@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
c906108c 6179
474c8240 6180@smallexample
c906108c
SS
6181/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
6182 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
6183 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
6184 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
25822942 6185 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
474c8240 6186@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
6187
6188(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
56caf160 6189comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
c906108c
SS
6190
6191Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
6192variable definitions, and the definition itself.
6193
6194In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
6195than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
6196line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
6197than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
6198
6199@subsection C Usage
6200
56caf160 6201@cindex C data types
c906108c
SS
6202Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
6203host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
6204of evaluation of expressions.
6205
56caf160 6206@cindex function usage
c906108c 6207Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
56caf160
EZ
6208in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
6209call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
6210limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
c906108c
SS
6211
6212However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
6213are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
6214
af6c57ea 6215@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
9e678452
CF
6216(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
6217protected with parentheses.)
af6c57ea
AC
6218
6219@cindex types
c906108c 6220
af6c57ea
AC
6221Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
6222declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
6223
6224
6225@subsection Function Prototypes
56caf160 6226@cindex function prototypes
af6c57ea
AC
6227
6228Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
6229a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
6230argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
6231function definition.
c906108c 6232
53a5351d
JM
6233All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
6234callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
6235be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
6236visible to random source files.
c906108c 6237
af6c57ea
AC
6238Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
6239that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
6240
6241
6242@subsection Internal Error Recovery
6243
6244During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
6245User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
6246entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
6247object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
6248Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
6249run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
6250
6251When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
6252@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
6253
6254@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
6255
6256@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
6257the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
6258@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
6259error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
6260
6261@subsection File Names
6262
6263Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
587afa38 6264case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
af6c57ea
AC
6265unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
6266
6267@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
6268platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
6269is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
6270@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
6271convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
6272@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
6273@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
6274
6275Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
6276of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
6277
6278@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
6279
6280When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
6281@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
b4177fca
DJ
6282@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
6283independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
6284the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
6285should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
6286programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
af6c57ea
AC
6287
6288For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
6289
6290
6291@subsection Include Files
6292
e2b28d04 6293A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
af6c57ea 6294
e2b28d04
AC
6295A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
6296declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
6297indirect inclusion.
af6c57ea 6298
e2b28d04
AC
6299A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
6300declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
6301indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
6302be directly included.
af6c57ea 6303
e2b28d04 6304An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
af6c57ea 6305
e2b28d04
AC
6306An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
6307Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
6308pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
6309
6310A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
6311
6312An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
6313files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
6314@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
6315
6316All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
af6c57ea 6317
474c8240 6318@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6319#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
6320#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
6321header body
6322#endif
474c8240 6323@end smallexample
af6c57ea 6324
c906108c 6325
dab11f21 6326@subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 6327
56caf160 6328@cindex design
c906108c 6329In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 6330semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
6331experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
6332trouble.
6333
56caf160 6334@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
6335You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
6336(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
6337must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
6338@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
6339such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
6340
6341You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
6342the target system. All references to the target must go through the
6343current @code{target_ops} vector.
6344
6345You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
6346(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
6347assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
6348host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
6349written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
6350copyright problems.
6351
56caf160 6352@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
6353Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
6354to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
6355systems.
6356
56caf160 6357@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
6358New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
6359or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
6360for features. The information about which configurations contain which
6361features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
6362has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
6363often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
6364predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
6365time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
6366with regard to this feature.
6367
6368Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 6369target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 6370
dab11f21
EZ
6371@cindex portable file name handling
6372@cindex file names, portability
6373One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
6374creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
6375assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
6376a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
6377directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
6378necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
6379system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
6380name, use the following portable macros:
6381
6382@table @code
6383@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
6384@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
6385This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
6386whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
6387symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
6388such hosts.
6389
6390@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 6391@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
6392Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
6393character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
6394such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
6395pass.
6396
6397@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
6398@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
6399Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
6400For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
6401@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
6402@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
6403
6404@findex FILENAME_CMP
6405@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
6406Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
6407appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
6408this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
6409will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
6410
6411@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
6412@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
6413Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
6414@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
6415This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
6416
6417@findex SLASH_STRING
6418@item SLASH_STRING
6419This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
6420absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
6421@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
6422@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
6423@end table
6424
6425In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
6426functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
6427basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
6428@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
6429platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
6430with @code{strrchr}.
6431
25822942
DB
6432Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
6433attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
6434multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
6435by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
6436well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
6437something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
6438using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
6439@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 6440current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 6441is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
6442implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
6443attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 6444formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 6445
56caf160
EZ
6446Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
6447the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
6448@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
6449something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
6450consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
6451with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
6452file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
6453radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 6454
af6c57ea
AC
6455All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
6456@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
6457messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
6458@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
6459
c906108c 6460
8487521e 6461@node Porting GDB
c906108c 6462
25822942 6463@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 6464@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 6465
56caf160 6466Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
587afa38
EZ
6467specifying the configuration of the machine. Porting a new
6468architecture to @value{GDBN} can be broken into a number of steps.
c906108c 6469
56caf160 6470@itemize @bullet
c906108c 6471
587afa38
EZ
6472@item
6473Ensure a @sc{bfd} exists for executables of the target architecture in
6474the @file{bfd} directory. If one does not exist, create one by
6475modifying an existing similar one.
56caf160 6476
587afa38
EZ
6477@item
6478Implement a disassembler for the target architecture in the @file{opcodes}
6479directory.
56caf160 6480
587afa38
EZ
6481@item
6482Define the target architecture in the @file{gdb} directory
6483(@pxref{Adding a New Target, , Adding a New Target}). Add the pattern
6484for the new target to @file{configure.tgt} with the names of the files
6485that contain the code. By convention the target architecture
6486definition for an architecture @var{arch} is placed in
6487@file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}.
6488
6489Within @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c} define the function
6490@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} which calls
6491@code{gdbarch_register} to create the new @code{@w{struct
6492gdbarch}} for the architecture.
56caf160 6493
587afa38
EZ
6494@item
6495If a new remote target is needed, consider adding a new remote target
6496by defining a function
6497@code{_initialize_remote_@var{arch}}. However if at all possible
6498use the @value{GDBN} @emph{Remote Serial Protocol} for this and implement
6499the server side protocol independently with the target.
c906108c 6500
587afa38
EZ
6501@item
6502If desired implement a simulator in the @file{sim} directory. This
6503should create the library @file{libsim.a} implementing the interface
6504in @file{remote-sim.h} (found in the @file{include} directory).
c906108c 6505
56caf160 6506@item
587afa38
EZ
6507Build and test. If desired, lobby the @sc{gdb} steering group to
6508have the new port included in the main distribution!
7fd60527 6509
56caf160 6510@item
587afa38
EZ
6511Add a description of the new architecture to the main @value{GDBN} user
6512guide (@pxref{Configuration Specific Information, , Configuration
6513Specific Information, gdb, Debugging with @value{GDBN}}).
6514
56caf160 6515@end itemize
c906108c 6516
d52fe014
AC
6517@node Versions and Branches
6518@chapter Versions and Branches
8973da3a 6519
d52fe014 6520@section Versions
8973da3a 6521
d52fe014
AC
6522@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file
6523@file{gdb/version.in} and takes one of the following forms:
fb0ff88f 6524
d52fe014
AC
6525@table @asis
6526@item @var{major}.@var{minor}
6527@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
6528an official release (e.g., 6.2 or 6.2.1)
6529@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6530a snapshot taken at @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-gmt (e.g.,
65316.1.50.20020302, 6.1.90.20020304, or 6.1.0.20020308)
6532@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-cvs
6533a @sc{cvs} check out drawn on @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD} (e.g.,
65346.1.50.20020302-cvs, 6.1.90.20020304-cvs, or 6.1.0.20020308-cvs)
6535@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} (@var{vendor})
d52fe014 6536a vendor specific release of @value{GDBN}, that while based on@*
53531fc1
AC
6537@var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD},
6538may include additional changes
d52fe014 6539@end table
fb0ff88f 6540
d52fe014
AC
6541@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses the @var{major} and @var{minor} version
6542numbers from the most recent release branch, with a @var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
6543of 50. At the time each new release branch is created, the mainline's
6544@var{major} and @var{minor} version numbers are updated.
fb0ff88f 6545
53531fc1
AC
6546@value{GDBN}'s release branch is similar. When the branch is cut, the
6547@var{patchlevel} is changed from 50 to 90. As draft releases are
6548drawn from the branch, the @var{patchlevel} is incremented. Once the
6549first release (@var{major}.@var{minor}) has been made, the
6550@var{patchlevel} is set to 0 and updates have an incremented
6551@var{patchlevel}.
6552
6553For snapshots, and @sc{cvs} check outs, it is also possible to
6554identify the @sc{cvs} origin:
6555
6556@table @asis
6557@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.50.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6558drawn from the @sc{head} of mainline @sc{cvs} (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302)
6559@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.90.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6560@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.91.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
6561drawn from a release branch prior to the release (e.g.,
65626.1.90.20020304)
6563@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.0.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6564@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.1.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
6565drawn from a release branch after the release (e.g., 6.2.0.20020308)
6566@end table
fb0ff88f 6567
d52fe014
AC
6568If the previous @value{GDBN} version is 6.1 and the current version is
65696.2, then, substituting 6 for @var{major} and 1 or 2 for @var{minor},
6570here's an illustration of a typical sequence:
fb0ff88f 6571
d52fe014
AC
6572@smallexample
6573 <HEAD>
6574 |
53531fc1 65756.1.50.20020302-cvs
d52fe014 6576 |
53531fc1 6577 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6578 | <gdb_6_2-branch>
d52fe014 6579 | |
53531fc1
AC
65806.2.50.20020303-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1)
6581 | |
65826.2.50.20020304-cvs 6.1.90.20020304-cvs
6583 | |
65846.2.50.20020305-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2)
d52fe014 6585 | |
53531fc1
AC
65866.2.50.20020306-cvs 6.1.91.20020306-cvs
6587 | |
65886.2.50.20020307-cvs 6.2 (release)
6589 | |
65906.2.50.20020308-cvs 6.2.0.20020308-cvs
6591 | |
65926.2.50.20020309-cvs 6.2.1 (update)
6593 | |
65946.2.50.20020310-cvs <branch closed>
d52fe014 6595 |
53531fc1 65966.2.50.20020311-cvs
d52fe014 6597 |
53531fc1 6598 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6599 | <gdb_6_3-branch>
53531fc1
AC
6600 | |
66016.3.50.20020312-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1)
6602 | |
d52fe014 6603@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6604
d52fe014
AC
6605@section Release Branches
6606@cindex Release Branches
fb0ff88f 6607
d52fe014
AC
6608@value{GDBN} draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, @dots{}) from a
6609single release branch, and identifies that branch using the @sc{cvs}
6610branch tags:
fb0ff88f 6611
d52fe014
AC
6612@smallexample
6613gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-branchpoint
6614gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-branch
6615gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-release
6616@end smallexample
6617
6618@emph{Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or
6619release is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the
6620date that they are cut (@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}) in the tag. The
6621branch tag, denoting the head of the branch, does not need this.}
6622
6623@section Vendor Branches
6624@cindex vendor branches
fb0ff88f
AC
6625
6626To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
6627@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
6628(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
d3e8051b 6629its version identifier). E.g., @samp{6.2widgit2}, or @samp{6.2 (Widgit
d52fe014
AC
6630Inc Patch 2)}.
6631
6632@section Experimental Branches
6633@cindex experimental branches
6634
6635@subsection Guidelines
6636
6637@value{GDBN} permits the creation of branches, cut from the @sc{cvs}
6638repository, for experimental development. Branches make it possible
6639for developers to share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine
6640significant new developments.
fb0ff88f 6641
d52fe014 6642The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches:
fb0ff88f 6643
d52fe014
AC
6644@table @emph
6645
6646@item a branch has an owner
6647The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change the
6648ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for commits (be it
6649adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit).
6650
6651@item all commits are posted
6652All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to
87f9adc1 6653@email{gdb-patches@@sourceware.org, the @value{GDBN} patches
d52fe014
AC
6654mailing list}. While commentary on such changes are encouraged, people
6655should remember that the changes only apply to a branch.
6656
6657@item all commits are covered by an assignment
6658This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software Foundation,
6659and avoids the possibility that the branch may become contaminated.
6660
6661@item a branch is focused
6662A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not contain
6663unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where identified, being
6664be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible.
6665
6666@item a branch tracks mainline
6667This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps the
6668pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into the
6669mainline.
6670
6671@item a branch shall contain the entire @value{GDBN} module
6672The @value{GDBN} module @code{gdb} should be specified when creating a
6673branch (branches of individual files should be avoided). @xref{Tags}.
6674
6675@item a branch shall be branded using @file{version.in}
6676The file @file{gdb/version.in} shall be modified so that it identifies
6677the branch @var{owner} and branch @var{name}, e.g.,
53531fc1 6678@samp{6.2.50.20030303_owner_name} or @samp{6.2 (Owner Name)}.
d52fe014
AC
6679
6680@end table
fb0ff88f 6681
d52fe014
AC
6682@subsection Tags
6683@anchor{Tags}
fb0ff88f 6684
d52fe014
AC
6685To simplify the identification of @value{GDBN} branches, the following
6686branch tagging convention is strongly recommended:
fb0ff88f 6687
d52fe014 6688@table @code
fb0ff88f 6689
d52fe014
AC
6690@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6691@itemx @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch
6692The branch point and corresponding branch tag. @var{YYYYMMDD} is the
6693date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the
6694sequence: @anchor{experimental branch tags}
474c8240 6695@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6696cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint gdb
6697cvs rtag -b -r @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint \
6698 @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch gdb
474c8240 6699@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6700
d52fe014
AC
6701@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
6702The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the branch
6703on @var{yyyymmdd}. To merge in all changes since the branch was cut,
6704use a command sequence like:
474c8240 6705@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6706cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint gdb
6707cvs update \
6708 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6709 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
474c8240 6710@end smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6711@noindent
6712Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the last
6713merge.
6714
6715@end table
fb0ff88f 6716
d52fe014
AC
6717@noindent
6718For further information on @sc{cvs}, see
6719@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/, Concurrent Versions System}.
6720
55f6ca0f
JB
6721@node Start of New Year Procedure
6722@chapter Start of New Year Procedure
6723@cindex new year procedure
6724
6725At the start of each new year, the following actions should be performed:
6726
6727@itemize @bullet
6728@item
6729Rotate the ChangeLog file
6730
6731The current @file{ChangeLog} file should be renamed into
6732@file{ChangeLog-YYYY} where YYYY is the year that has just passed.
6733A new @file{ChangeLog} file should be created, and its contents should
6734contain a reference to the previous ChangeLog. The following should
6735also be preserved at the end of the new ChangeLog, in order to provide
6736the appropriate settings when editing this file with Emacs:
6737@smallexample
6738Local Variables:
6739mode: change-log
6740left-margin: 8
6741fill-column: 74
6742version-control: never
9cb011d3 6743coding: utf-8
55f6ca0f
JB
6744End:
6745@end smallexample
6746
7f893741
JB
6747@item
6748Add an entry for the newly created ChangeLog file (@file{ChangeLog-YYYY})
6749in @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
6750
55f6ca0f
JB
6751@item
6752Update the copyright year in the startup message
6753
9cb011d3
JB
6754Update the copyright year in:
6755@itemize @bullet
e6f3ec50
JB
6756 @item
6757 file @file{top.c}, function @code{print_gdb_version}
6758 @item
6759 file @file{gdbserver/server.c}, function @code{gdbserver_version}
6760 @item
6761 file @file{gdbserver/gdbreplay.c}, function @code{gdbreplay_version}
9cb011d3 6762@end itemize
6ec2edbe
JB
6763
6764@item
e6f3ec50
JB
6765Run the @file{copyright.sh} script to add the new year in the copyright
6766notices of most source files. This script requires Emacs 22 or later to
6767be installed.
6768
6769@item
6770The new year also needs to be added manually in all other files that
6771are not already taken care of by the @file{copyright.sh} script:
6772@itemize @bullet
6773 @item
6774 @file{*.s}
6775 @item
6776 @file{*.f}
6777 @item
6778 @file{*.f90}
6779 @item
6780 @file{*.igen}
6781 @item
6782 @file{*.ac}
6783 @item
6784 @file{*.texi}
6785 @item
6786 @file{*.texinfo}
6787 @item
6788 @file{*.tex}
6789 @item
6790 @file{*.defs}
6791 @item
6792 @file{*.1}
6793@end itemize
6ec2edbe 6794
55f6ca0f
JB
6795@end itemize
6796
d52fe014 6797@node Releasing GDB
fb0ff88f 6798
d52fe014
AC
6799@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
6800@cindex making a new release of gdb
fb0ff88f 6801
9bb0a4d8
AC
6802@section Branch Commit Policy
6803
6804The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
68055.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
6806
6807@itemize @bullet
6808@item
6809The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
6810@item
6811Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
6812trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 6813file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
6814@item
6815When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
6816Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
6817when debugging a static binary?
6818@item
6819The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
6820the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
6821@item
6822Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
6823sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
6824@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
6825@end itemize
6826
6827@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
6828functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
6829This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
6830reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
6831
6832
cbb09e6a 6833@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 6834
8642bc8f 6835Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
6836code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
6837(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 6838
8642bc8f 6839Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
6840line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
6841been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 6842
cbb09e6a
AC
6843The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
6844wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
6845Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 6846
cbb09e6a 6847@enumerate
8973da3a 6848@item
87f9adc1 6849Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sourceware.org, the GDB mailing
cbb09e6a
AC
6850list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
6851recommended.
8973da3a 6852@item
cbb09e6a 6853Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6854@item
87f9adc1 6855Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sourceware.org, the GDB
cbb09e6a 6856Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 6857@item
cbb09e6a 6858Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6859@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6860Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
6861prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
6862@item
6863Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
6864released.
6865@item
6866Remove the obsolete code.
6867@end enumerate
6868
6869@noindent
6870@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
6871hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
6872helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
6873or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
6874the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
6875hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 6876
8973da3a 6877
9ae8b82c
AC
6878
6879@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 6880
8642bc8f
AC
6881The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
6882changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
6883instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
6884building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
6885@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 6886
9ae8b82c 6887@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 6888
9ae8b82c
AC
6889People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
6890something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
6891script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 6892
9ae8b82c 6893@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 6894
9ae8b82c
AC
6895Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
6896@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
6897@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
6898
6899@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 6900
8642bc8f 6901A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 6902
8642bc8f
AC
6903@itemize @bullet
6904@item
6905@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
6906@item
9ae8b82c
AC
6907@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
6908file)
6909@item
6910@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
6911@end itemize
6912
9ae8b82c 6913@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 6914
87f9adc1 6915@uref{http://sourceware.org/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
9ae8b82c
AC
6916(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
6917conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
6918of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
6919regressions.
8642bc8f 6920
9ae8b82c 6921@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 6922
9ae8b82c 6923Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 6924
9ae8b82c 6925@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 6926
9ae8b82c 6927The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 6928
8642bc8f 6929
30107679 6930@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 6931
30107679 6932@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 6933
474c8240 6934@smallexample
30107679
AC
6935$ u=5.1
6936$ v=5.2
6937$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6938$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6939$ echo $u $V $D
69405.1 5_2 2002-03-03
87f9adc1 6941$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6942-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight
87f9adc1 6943cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag
b247355e 6944-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight
30107679
AC
6945$ ^echo ^^
6946...
87f9adc1 6947$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6948-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight
87f9adc1 6949cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6950-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight
30107679
AC
6951$ ^echo ^^
6952...
8642bc8f 6953$
474c8240 6954@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6955
6956@itemize @bullet
6957@item
b247355e 6958By using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt}, the branch is forced to an exact
30107679
AC
6959date/time.
6960@item
b247355e 6961The trunk is first tagged so that the branch point can easily be found.
30107679 6962@item
b247355e 6963Insight, which includes @value{GDBN}, is tagged at the same time.
8642bc8f 6964@item
b247355e 6965@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts.
8642bc8f 6966@item
b247355e 6967The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}.
30107679
AC
6968@end itemize
6969
6970@subheading Update @file{version.in}
6971
6972@smallexample
6973$ u=5.1
6974$ v=5.2
6975$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6976$ echo $u $v$V
69775.1 5_2
6978$ cd /tmp
87f9adc1 6979$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src co \
30107679 6980-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
87f9adc1 6981cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src co
30107679
AC
6982 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
6983$ ^echo ^^
6984U src/gdb/version.in
6985$ cd src/gdb
6986$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
6987$ cat version.in
69885.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
6989$ cvs -f commit version.in
6990@end smallexample
6991
6992@itemize @bullet
6993@item
6994@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
b247355e 6995mechanism.
30107679
AC
6996@item
6997@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
b247355e 6998initial branch version number.
8642bc8f
AC
6999@end itemize
7000
8642bc8f
AC
7001
7002@subheading Update the web and news pages
7003
30107679
AC
7004Something?
7005
8642bc8f
AC
7006@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
7007
30107679
AC
7008The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
7009This file needs to be updated so that:
7010
7011@itemize @bullet
7012@item
b247355e 7013A daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}.
30107679 7014@item
b247355e 7015The new branch is included in the snapshot process.
30107679
AC
7016@end itemize
7017
7018@noindent
7019See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
7020cron table.
7021
7022The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
7023any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
7024snapshot directories.
7025
7026
7027@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
7028
7029The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
7030to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
7031refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
7032
7033The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
7034current release.
7035
7036@subheading Post the branch info
7037
7038Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
7039
7040@itemize @bullet
7041@item
87f9adc1 7042@email{gdb-announce@@sourceware.org, GDB Announcement mailing list}
30107679 7043@item
87f9adc1
PM
7044@email{gdb@@sourceware.org, GDB Discussion mailing list} and
7045@email{gdb-testers@@sourceware.org, GDB Testers mailing list}
16737d73 7046@end itemize
30107679
AC
7047
7048@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
7049ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
7050list are alerted.}
7051
7052The announcement should include:
7053
7054@itemize @bullet
7055@item
b247355e 7056The branch tag.
30107679 7057@item
b247355e 7058How to check out the branch using CVS.
30107679 7059@item
b247355e 7060The date/number of weeks until the release.
30107679 7061@item
b247355e 7062The branch commit policy still holds.
16737d73 7063@end itemize
30107679 7064
8642bc8f
AC
7065@section Stabilize the branch
7066
7067Something goes here.
7068
7069@section Create a Release
7070
0816590b
AC
7071The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
7072down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
7073process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
7074process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 7075
0816590b
AC
7076When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
7077
7078@subsection Create a release candidate
7079
7080The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
7081made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
7082candidate).
7083
7084@subsubheading Freeze the branch
7085
7086Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
87f9adc1 7087@email{gdb-patches@@sourceware.org}.
0816590b
AC
7088
7089@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 7090
474c8240 7091@smallexample
0816590b
AC
7092$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
7093$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
7094$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
7095$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 7096/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
7097$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
7098$ cd $t/$b/$v
7099$ pwd
0816590b 7100/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
7101$ which autoconf
7102/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 7103$
474c8240 7104@end smallexample
8973da3a 7105
0816590b
AC
7106@noindent
7107Notes:
8973da3a 7108
0816590b
AC
7109@itemize @bullet
7110@item
7111Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
af542c2e 7112version documented in the toplevel @file{README-maintainer-mode} file.
bc3a0b4d
RW
7113It is very unlikely that the version of @code{autoconf} installed in
7114system directories (e.g., @file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
0816590b
AC
7115@end itemize
7116
7117@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 7118
474c8240 7119@smallexample
b247355e 7120$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 7121do
8973da3a
AC
7122( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
7123done
8642bc8f 7124$
474c8240 7125@end smallexample
8973da3a 7126
0816590b
AC
7127@noindent
7128Note:
8642bc8f 7129
0816590b
AC
7130@itemize @bullet
7131@item
7132The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
7133any confusion between what is written here and what your local
7134@code{cvs} really does.
7135@end itemize
7136
7137@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 7138
0816590b
AC
7139@table @file
7140
7141@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
7142
7143Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
7144releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
7145
0816590b 7146Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 7147
474c8240 7148@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7149$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
7150...
7151c-x 4 a
7152...
7153c-x c-s c-x c-c
7154$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
7155$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7156@end smallexample
8973da3a 7157
0816590b
AC
7158@item gdb/README
7159
7160You'll need to update:
8973da3a 7161
0816590b
AC
7162@itemize @bullet
7163@item
b247355e 7164The version.
0816590b 7165@item
b247355e 7166The update date.
0816590b 7167@item
b247355e 7168Who did it.
0816590b 7169@end itemize
8973da3a 7170
474c8240 7171@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7172$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
7173...
8973da3a 7174c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 7175...
8973da3a 7176c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
7177$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
7178$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7179@end smallexample
8973da3a 7180
0816590b
AC
7181@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
7182before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
7183to get it updated.}
8973da3a 7184
8642bc8f
AC
7185@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
7186@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
7187pursuing.}
8973da3a 7188
0816590b 7189@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 7190
474c8240 7191@smallexample
8642bc8f 7192$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
7193$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
71945.2
8642bc8f 7195$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
7196...
7197c-x 4 a
0816590b 7198... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 7199c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
7200$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
7201$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7202@end smallexample
8973da3a 7203
0816590b
AC
7204@end table
7205
7206@subsubheading Do the dirty work
7207
7208This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 7209
4ce8657e
MC
7210@smallexample
7211$ for m in gdb insight
7212do
7213( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
7214done
4ce8657e
MC
7215@end smallexample
7216
7217If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
7218(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
7219
474c8240 7220@smallexample
0816590b 7221$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 7222do
0816590b 7223( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 7224done
474c8240 7225@end smallexample
8973da3a 7226
0816590b 7227@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 7228
0816590b 7229You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
7230@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
7231for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 7232
474c8240 7233@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7234$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
7235M djunpack.bat
0816590b 7236? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 7237? proto-toplev
0816590b 7238@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
7239M gdb/ChangeLog
7240M gdb/NEWS
7241M gdb/README
7242M gdb/version.in
0816590b 7243@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 7244$
474c8240 7245@end smallexample
8973da3a 7246
0816590b 7247@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
7248@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
7249@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
7250was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
d3e8051b 7251didn't get suppressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 7252
0816590b 7253@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 7254
474c8240 7255@smallexample
0816590b
AC
7256$ cp */src/*.tar .
7257$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
7258$ ls -F
b247355e 7259gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
0816590b
AC
7260$ for m in gdb insight
7261do
7262bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
7263gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
7264done
7265$
474c8240 7266@end smallexample
8973da3a 7267
0816590b
AC
7268@noindent
7269Note:
7270
7271@itemize @bullet
7272@item
7273A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
7274in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
7275can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
7276process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
7277@end itemize
7278
7279@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 7280
0816590b 7281Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 7282
0816590b
AC
7283@smallexample
7284$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
7285$ cd gdb-5.2
7286$ ./configure
7287$ make
7288@dots{}
7289$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
7290GNU gdb 5.2
7291@dots{}
7292(gdb) b main
7293Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
7294(gdb) run
7295Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
7296
7297Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
7298734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7299(gdb) print args
7300$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
7301(gdb)
7302@end smallexample
8973da3a 7303
0816590b 7304@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 7305
0816590b 7306If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 7307
0816590b
AC
7308@enumerate
7309@item
7310Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
7311@item
7312Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
7313@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
7314process can restart.
7315@item
7316Make the release candidate available in
87f9adc1 7317@uref{ftp://sourceware.org/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
0816590b 7318@item
87f9adc1
PM
7319Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sourceware.org} and
7320@email{gdb-testers@@sourceware.org} that the candidate is available.
0816590b 7321@end enumerate
8642bc8f 7322
0816590b 7323@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 7324
0816590b 7325(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 7326
0816590b 7327@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 7328
0816590b 7329Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 7330
474c8240 7331@smallexample
0816590b 7332$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 7333$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 7334@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7335
0816590b
AC
7336@noindent
7337Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
587afa38 7338are available (e.g.@: keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
0816590b
AC
7339
7340@smallexample
7341$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
7342$ rm @dots{}
7343@end smallexample
7344
7345@noindent
7346Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
7347directory:
7348
7349@smallexample
7350$ vi README
7351@dots{}
7352$ rm -f .message
7353$ ln README .message
7354@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7355
0816590b 7356@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 7357
0816590b
AC
7358@table @file
7359
7360@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
7361This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
7362@itemize @bullet
7363@item
b247355e 7364General announcement.
8642bc8f 7365@item
0816590b
AC
7366News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
7367earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 7368@item
b247355e 7369Errata.
0816590b
AC
7370@end itemize
7371
7372@item htdocs/index.html
7373@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
7374@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
7375These files include:
7376@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 7377@item
b247355e 7378Announcement of the most recent release.
8642bc8f 7379@item
b247355e 7380News entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 7381@end itemize
0816590b 7382These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 7383
0816590b 7384@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
7385You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
7386docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 7387from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
7388Something like:
7389
474c8240 7390@smallexample
8642bc8f 7391$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 7392 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 7393 $PWD/www \
0816590b 7394 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 7395 gdb
474c8240 7396@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7397
0816590b
AC
7398@item download/ari/
7399Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 7400
0816590b
AC
7401@smallexample
7402$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
7403 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
7404 $PWD/www \
7405 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
7406 gdb
7407@end smallexample
7408
7409@end table
7410
7411@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
7412
7413Something goes here.
7414
7415
7416@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
7417
7418At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
7419@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
7420
7421@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
7422
7423Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
7424
7425@itemize @bullet
7426@item
87f9adc1 7427@email{gdb-announce@@sourceware.org, GDB Announcement mailing list}
8642bc8f 7428@item
0816590b
AC
7429@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
7430day or so to let things get out)
7431@item
7432@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
7433@end itemize
7434
0816590b 7435@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 7436
0816590b 7437The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 7438
0816590b 7439@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 7440
0816590b 7441In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
7442
7443@itemize @bullet
7444@item
7445@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
7446@item
7447@file{gdb/version.in}
7448@item
7449@file{gdb/NEWS}
7450@item
7451@file{gdb/README}
7452@end itemize
7453
0816590b 7454@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
7455
7456Something like:
7457
474c8240 7458@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7459$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
7460$ echo $d
74612002-01-24
7462$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 7463$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 7464@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7465
0816590b 7466Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
b247355e 7467@value{GDBN}.
0816590b
AC
7468
7469@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 7470
0816590b
AC
7471Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
7472indicates when the release was made.
7473
7474@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
7475
7476If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
7477@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
7478committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 7479@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
7480is important - it affects the snapshot process).
7481
7482Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
7483
0816590b 7484@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 7485
8642bc8f
AC
7486The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
7487trunk.
8973da3a 7488
0816590b
AC
7489@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
7490
87f9adc1 7491Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sourceware.org, GDB
0816590b
AC
7492Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
7493generated by running:
7494
7495@smallexample
7496$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
7497@end smallexample
7498
7499@noindent
7500The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
7501of the most recent release.
7502
7503Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
7504
8642bc8f 7505@section Post release
8973da3a 7506
8642bc8f 7507Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 7508
085dd6e6
JM
7509@node Testsuite
7510
7511@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 7512@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 7513
56caf160
EZ
7514The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
7515While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
7516this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
7517the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
7518to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 7519
b247355e
NR
7520The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework. The
7521tests themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework
7522runs all the procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
7523
7524@section Using the Testsuite
7525
56caf160 7526@cindex running the test suite
25822942 7527To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
7528testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
7529environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
7530the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
7531and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
7532finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 7533
474c8240 7534@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
7535 === gdb Summary ===
7536
7537# of expected passes 6016
7538# of unexpected failures 58
7539# of unexpected successes 5
7540# of expected failures 183
7541# of unresolved testcases 3
7542# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 7543@end smallexample
56caf160 7544
a9f158ec
JB
7545To run a specific test script, type:
7546@example
7547make check RUNTESTFLAGS='@var{tests}'
7548@end example
7549where @var{tests} is a list of test script file names, separated by
7550spaces.
7551
f5a33284
TT
7552If you use GNU make, you can use its @option{-j} option to run the
7553testsuite in parallel. This can greatly reduce the amount of time it
7554takes for the testsuite to run. In this case, if you set
7555@code{RUNTESTFLAGS} then, by default, the tests will be run serially
7556even under @option{-j}. You can override this and force a parallel run
7557by setting the @code{make} variable @code{FORCE_PARALLEL} to any
7558non-empty value. Note that the parallel @kbd{make check} assumes
7559that you want to run the entire testsuite, so it is not compatible
7560with some dejagnu options, like @option{--directory}.
7561
085dd6e6
JM
7562The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
7563conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
7564real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
7565failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
7566hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
7567everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
7568being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
7569lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
7570Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
7571reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
7572catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
7573program.
7574
7575When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
7576testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
7577regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
7578run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
7579compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
7580testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
7581options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
7582host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
7583mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
7584
7585If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
7586tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
7587and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
7588Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
7589failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
7590difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
7591in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
7592tests for all of those.
085dd6e6 7593
e7dc800a
MC
7594DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However,
7595some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and
7596the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts
7597will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this:
7598
7599@smallexample
7600UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host.
7601@end smallexample
7602
c5f80513
DE
7603@section Testsuite Parameters
7604
7605Several variables exist to modify the behavior of the testsuite.
7606
7607@itemize @bullet
7608
7609@item @code{TRANSCRIPT}
7610
812f7342
TT
7611Sometimes it is convenient to get a transcript of the commands which
7612the testsuite sends to @value{GDBN}. For example, if @value{GDBN}
7613crashes during testing, a transcript can be used to more easily
7614reconstruct the failure when running @value{GDBN} under @value{GDBN}.
7615
7616You can instruct the @value{GDBN} testsuite to write transcripts by
7617setting the DejaGNU variable @code{TRANSCRIPT} (to any value)
7618before invoking @code{runtest} or @kbd{make check}. The transcripts
7619will be written into DejaGNU's output directory. One transcript will
7620be made for each invocation of @value{GDBN}; they will be named
7621@file{transcript.@var{n}}, where @var{n} is an integer. The first
7622line of the transcript file will show how @value{GDBN} was invoked;
7623each subsequent line is a command sent as input to @value{GDBN}.
7624
7625@smallexample
7626make check RUNTESTFLAGS=TRANSCRIPT=y
7627@end smallexample
7628
7629Note that the transcript is not always complete. In particular, tests
7630of completion can yield partial command lines.
7631
c5f80513
DE
7632@item @code{GDB}
7633
7634Sometimes one wishes to test a different @value{GDBN} than the one in the build
7635directory. For example, one may wish to run the testsuite on
7636@file{/usr/bin/gdb}.
7637
7638@smallexample
7639make check RUNTESTFLAGS=GDB=/usr/bin/gdb
7640@end smallexample
7641
7642@item @code{GDBSERVER}
7643
7644When testing a different @value{GDBN}, it is often useful to also test a
7645different gdbserver.
7646
7647@smallexample
7648make check RUNTESTFLAGS="GDB=/usr/bin/gdb GDBSERVER=/usr/bin/gdbserver"
7649@end smallexample
7650
1be00882
DE
7651@item @code{INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS}
7652
7653When running the testsuite normally one doesn't want whatever is in
7654@file{~/.gdbinit} to interfere with the tests, therefore the test harness
7655passes @option{-nx} to @value{GDBN}. One also doesn't want any windowed
7656version of @value{GDBN}, e.g., @command{gdbtui}, to run.
7657This is achieved via @code{INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS}.
7658
7659@smallexample
7660set INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS "-nw -nx"
7661@end smallexample
7662
7663This is all well and good, except when testing an installed @value{GDBN}
7664that has been configured with @option{--with-system-gdbinit}. Here one
7665does not want @file{~/.gdbinit} loaded but one may want the system
7666@file{.gdbinit} file loaded. This can be achieved by pointing @code{$HOME}
7667at a directory without a @file{.gdbinit} and by overriding
7668@code{INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS} and removing @option{-nx}.
7669
7670@smallexample
7671cd testsuite
7672HOME=`pwd` runtest \
7673 GDB=/usr/bin/gdb \
7674 GDBSERVER=/usr/bin/gdbserver \
7675 INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS=-nw
7676@end smallexample
7677
c5f80513
DE
7678@end itemize
7679
7680There are two ways to run the testsuite and pass additional parameters
7681to DejaGnu. The first is with @kbd{make check} and specifying the
7682makefile variable @samp{RUNTESTFLAGS}.
7683
7684@smallexample
7685make check RUNTESTFLAGS=TRANSCRIPT=y
7686@end smallexample
7687
7688The second is to cd to the @file{testsuite} directory and invoke the DejaGnu
7689@command{runtest} command directly.
7690
7691@smallexample
7692cd testsuite
7693make site.exp
7694runtest TRANSCRIPT=y
7695@end smallexample
7696
c09529e5
JB
7697@section Testsuite Configuration
7698@cindex Testsuite Configuration
7699
7700It is possible to adjust the behavior of the testsuite by defining
7701the global variables listed below, either in a @file{site.exp} file,
7702or in a board file.
7703
7704@itemize @bullet
7705
7706@item @code{gdb_test_timeout}
7707
7708Defining this variable changes the default timeout duration used during
7709communication with @value{GDBN}. More specifically, the global variable
7710used during testing is @code{timeout}, but this variable gets reset to
7711@code{gdb_test_timeout} at the beginning of each testcase, making sure
7712that any local change to @code{timeout} in a testcase does not affect
7713subsequent testcases.
7714
7715This global variable comes in handy when the debugger is slower than
7716normal due to the testing environment, triggering unexpected @code{TIMEOUT}
7717test failures. Examples include when testing on a remote machine, or
7718against a system where communications are slow.
7719
7720If not specifically defined, this variable gets automatically defined
7721to the same value as @code{timeout} during the testsuite initialization.
7722The default value of the timeout is defined in the file
7723@file{gdb/testsuite/config/unix.exp} that is part of the @value{GDBN}
7724test suite@footnote{If you are using a board file, it could override
7725the test-suite default; search the board file for "timeout".}.
7726
7727@end itemize
7728
085dd6e6
JM
7729@section Testsuite Organization
7730
56caf160 7731@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
7732The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
7733testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
7734and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 7735handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 7736@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 7737all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
7738configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
7739definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
7740
7741The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
7742subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
7743with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
7744in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
7745get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
7746
7747The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
7748are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
7749located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
7750execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
7751intelligibility.
7752
56caf160 7753@table @file
085dd6e6 7754@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 7755This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 7756configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 7757The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 7758ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
7759for prototypes).
7760
7761@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 7762Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 7763@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
7764
7765@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
7766Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
7767(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
7768HP-UX.
7769
7770@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
7771Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
77721999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
7773couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
7774imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
7775extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
7776
7777@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 7778Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
7779instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
7780@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
7781@end table
7782
7783@section Writing Tests
56caf160 7784@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 7785
25822942 7786In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
7787should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
7788
7789You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
7790includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
7791However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
7792instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
7793calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
7794
7795Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
8a3dae3e
DJ
7796necessary. Even if @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to
7797a command, you can use @code{gdb_test_multiple}. Like @code{gdb_test},
7798@code{gdb_test_multiple} recognizes internal errors and unexpected
7799prompts.
7800
7801Do not write tests which expect a literal tab character from @value{GDBN}.
7802On some operating systems (e.g.@: OpenBSD) the TTY layer expands tabs to
7803spaces, so by the time @value{GDBN}'s output reaches expect the tab is gone.
085dd6e6
JM
7804
7805The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 7806style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 7807styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 7808instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
7809never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
7810uniformly.
7811
c906108c
SS
7812@node Hints
7813
7814@chapter Hints
7815
7816Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
7817appear anywhere else in the directory.
7818
7819@menu
25822942 7820* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 7821* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
7822@end menu
7823
629d6a47 7824@node Getting Started
c906108c
SS
7825
7826@section Getting Started
7827
25822942 7828@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
7829work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
7830know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
7831
25822942
DB
7832This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
7833generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7834
7835Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
7836comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
7837function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 7838explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
7839free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
7840out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
7841actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
7842
7843Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
7844native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
7845repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
7846macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
7847default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
7848also documents all the available macros.
7849@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
7850@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
7851@c Conditionals})
7852
56caf160
EZ
7853Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
7854@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
7855@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
7856code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
7857
7858You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
7859enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 7860language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
7861the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
7862and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
7863are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
7864approach.
7865
25822942 7866Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
7867specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
7868function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
7869will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
7870calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
7871(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
7872called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
7873functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
7874one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
7875structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
7876the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
7877look like.
7878
7879Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
7880code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
7881principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
7882else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
7883rather than worrying about all its details.
7884
56caf160
EZ
7885@cindex command implementation
7886A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
7887a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
7888single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
7889@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
7890via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
7891which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
7892the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
7893@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
7894command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
7895display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
7896not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
7897tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
7898breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
7899
7900@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
7901If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
7902on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
7903wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 7904@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
7905Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
7906
629d6a47 7907@node Debugging GDB
c906108c 7908
25822942 7909@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 7910@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 7911
25822942 7912If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
7913fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
7914Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 7915debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 7916./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 7917@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 7918
25822942 7919When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
7920@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
7921gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 7922in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
7923gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
7924
7925If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
7926you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
7927routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
7928@kbd{M-.}
7929
25822942 7930Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
7931have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
7932
7933@section Submitting Patches
7934
56caf160 7935@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 7936Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 7937@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
7938Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
7939changes.
7940
25822942
DB
7941The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
7942This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7943
7944If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
7945or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
7946with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
7947
56caf160 7948@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
7949The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
7950copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
7951of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
7952standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
7953and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
7954owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
7955changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
7956etc) can be
9e0b60a8 7957contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 7958bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
7959this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
7960since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
7961
7962Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
7963feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
7964Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
7965header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
7966each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
7967needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
7968@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
7969single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
7970
7971In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 7972sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
7973If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
7974out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 7975
9e0b60a8
JM
7976The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
7977install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
7978or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 7979will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
7980The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
7981the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
7982being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
7983tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
7984the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
7985acceptable.
7986
7987If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
7988of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
7989installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
7990reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
7991complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
7992they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
7993permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
7994be for quite some time.
c906108c 7995
56caf160 7996Please send patches directly to
87f9adc1 7997@email{gdb-patches@@sourceware.org, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c 7998
36af4ef6
MD
7999@section Build Script
8000
8001@cindex build script
8002
8003The script @file{gdb_buildall.sh} builds @value{GDBN} with flag
8004@option{--enable-targets=all} set. This builds @value{GDBN} with all supported
8005targets activated. This helps testing @value{GDBN} when doing changes that
8006affect more than one architecture and is much faster than using
8007@file{gdb_mbuild.sh}.
8008
8009After building @value{GDBN} the script checks which architectures are
8010supported and then switches the current architecture to each of those to get
8011information about the architecture. The test results are stored in log files
8012in the directory the script was called from.
8013
bcd7e15f 8014@include observer.texi
2154891a 8015@raisesections
aab4e0ec 8016@include fdl.texi
2154891a 8017@lowersections
aab4e0ec 8018
56caf160
EZ
8019@node Index
8020@unnumbered Index
8021
8022@printindex cp
8023
c906108c 8024@bye
This page took 2.013007 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.